initial commit of ebook 33613HEADmain

29 files changed, 7405 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/33613-8.txt b/33613-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..76604c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/33613-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,2196 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Stories of London, by E. L. Hoskyn
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Stories of London
+
+Author: E. L. Hoskyn
+
+Release Date: September 3, 2010 [EBook #33613]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK STORIES OF LONDON ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Al Haines
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+[Frontispiece: NO. 1.  AN OLD RIVER-WALL OR EMBANKMENT (CHELSEA) _See
+page_ 9]
+
+
+
+
+
+
+STORIES OF
+
+LONDON
+
+
+BY
+
+E. L. HOSKYN, B.A. (LOND.)
+
+AUTHOR OF "PICTURES OF BRITISH HISTORY," ETC.
+
+
+WITH A PREFACE BY
+
+SOPHIE BRYANT, D.Sc., LITT.D.
+
+
+
+[Illustration: Title page logo]
+
+
+
+LONDON
+
+ADAM AND CHARLES BLACK
+
+1914
+
+
+
+
+{3}
+
+PREFACE
+
+There are many kinds of ignorance which, for lack of time and
+opportunity, we may rightly tolerate in ourselves.  Ignorance of the
+stories that cling around and beautify the home-place is not one of
+these.  A place, indeed, is not a home unless human life has woven a
+thread of story through and through it.  Happy are those who dwell as
+children in a place well clad with racy memories and legendary lore.
+The city-home of the London child is just such a place.  Here we have a
+city with an old old history losing itself in the mists of time, and
+preserving itself in the memorials of its ancient sites and the tales
+that grow like ivy round its odd place-names.  Of all this the careless
+city-dweller takes no note, but the London child should be a different
+kind of being.  London stories are racy of London; they reflect its
+life in every age; and the London child is heir to them all.
+
+The stories of London in this little book are interesting to everybody,
+whether young or old; they cannot fail to be so, because London is
+interesting, more or less, to everybody in the world.  But the book is
+written more particularly for the children of London, so that they may
+not be careless city-dwellers, as so many are, but may grow up into
+real citizens of this great London, loving their old city in all its
+nooks and corners for its own dear sake, feeling it in all the twists
+and turns of its varied history, as if their life and its life were
+bound up in one.
+
+But this is not all that the study of London's stories may {4} do for
+the London child.  The natural beginning of interest in
+history--including the literature that collects around it--arises out
+of interest in the story of the place in which we live.  We walk about
+the place and picture the events of which we read as happening within
+it.  The place is transfigured, is filled with life; and the story is
+transfigured too as seen against the background to which it really
+belongs.  In the case of London, moreover, there is a good deal of
+useful work for the imagination to do in sufficiently restoring that
+background to its primitive simplicity.  So the London child who knows
+the London stories thoroughly--so thoroughly as to be able to see them
+in their real setting, as they happened in that city by the river on
+the marshes in the olden time--has learnt to know how every other
+story, including the history proper of any other town or country,
+should be known.  Thus, the study of the home story is for each of us
+the true beginning of our education in that exercise of historical
+imagination on which our appreciation of history largely depends.
+
+It is hoped that these _Stories of London_ will be specially
+interesting to the London child, but not to him alone.  The story of
+London is central in the story of England, and appeals to the interest
+of every English-speaking child.
+
+SOPHIE BRYANT.
+
+
+
+
+{5}
+
+CONTENTS
+
+   I.  SOME VERY OLD STORIES
+  II.  WESTMINSTER ABBEY
+ III.  THE CHARTER HOUSE
+  IV.  TWO FAMOUS CHARITIES
+   V.  THE STORY AND THE HISTORY OF DICK WHITTINGTON
+  VI.  WHEN ELIZABETH WAS QUEEN
+ VII.  THE STORY OF ST. PAUL'S
+
+
+
+
+LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
+
+1. AN OLD RIVER-WALL OR EMBANKMENT (CHELSEA) . . . . . . _Frontispiece_
+
+2. PART OF THE OLD BUILDINGS OF THE CHARTER HOUSE SCHOOL,
+   ITS CHAPEL AND PLAYGROUND
+
+3. WESTMINSTER ABBEY, THE TOMB OF EDWARD THE CONFESSOR
+
+4. THE FIRST CORONATION IN THE ABBEY
+
+5. A ROOM IN THE TOWER WHERE STATE PRISONERS WERE LODGED
+
+6. SIR THOMAS MORE AND HIS DAUGHTER WATCH THE CARTHUSIAN
+   PRIORS GOING AWAY TO DIE
+
+7. OLD PENSIONERS AND SCHOOLBOYS IN THE CHARTER HOUSE CHAPEL
+
+8. ST. BARTHOLOMEW'S CHURCH BEFORE IT WAS RESTORED
+
+9. AN EXCITING GAME; OLD CHRIST'S HOSPITAL, LONDON
+
+10. ENTRANCES OF THE OLD CHRIST'S HOSPITAL AND OF CHRIST'S
+    CHURCH, LONDON
+
+11. AN ARCH OF LONDON BRIDGE, TOWER BRIDGE IN THE DISTANCE
+
+12. WHITTINGTON SETTING THE KING FREE FROM HIS GREAT DEBT
+
+13. GREENWICH AS IT IS NOW
+
+14. PLACENTIA, THE OLD PALACE AT GREENWICH
+
+15. THE FIRE OF LONDON
+
+16. ST. PAUL'S FROM THE RIVER
+
+
+_Sketch map of Norman London_
+
+_Old St Paul's_
+
+
+
+
+{6}
+
+======================================================================
+
+[Illustration: NO. 2.  PART OF THE BUILDINGS OF THE OLD CHARTER HOUSE
+SCHOOL, ITS CHAPEL AND PLAYGROUND.  (See p. 28)]
+
+======================================================================
+
+
+
+
+{7}
+
+STORIES OF LONDON
+
+
+I.
+
+SOME VERY OLD STORIES
+
+The first story of London should tell who built it, and when, and why.
+But London is old, very old; it began before its builders had even
+thought of making books, and so its earliest history is written in the
+ground on which it stands, in its hills and valleys, its rivers and
+river-beds; and this is a kind of history which, if only we know how to
+read it, always tells the truth.  Perhaps you are saying to yourself,
+"There is only one river in London, and that is the Thames; and there
+are no hills,--London is flat; and as for the ground, who has seen the
+real ground on which London stands?  Is it not all built over, or paved
+with wood or stones or cement?  How, then, can we learn anything from
+it?"  Sometimes old worn-out buildings have to be pulled down to their
+very foundations so that new houses may be put in their places, or a
+tube-railway or a tunnel has to be made, or gas-pipes or electric wires
+have to be laid under the roads;--have you not seen navvies digging
+deep into the earth to do all these things?  Then the secret things
+hidden in the ground are brought to light, and they teach us something
+of the very old history of the land.
+
+{8}
+
+Perhaps you know that the Hampstead and Highgate Hills lie four or five
+miles north of the Thames; and at about the same distance south of it
+are other hills, on one of which the Crystal Palace stands.  Though we
+call the land between these hills the Thames Valley, it is not flat;
+and long ago, before London was built in it, it was much more uneven
+than it is now; for the more level roads are the easier it is for heavy
+carriages and carts to be pulled along them, so hollows have been
+filled up and hillocks cut down to make the ground as flat as possible.
+Even now, as you ride on the top of an omnibus through the long
+straight road called Oxford Street, if you watch carefully you may
+notice the rise and fall of the land,--a little hill, then a little
+valley, and so on.  Once through each of these valleys a stream ran
+down to the Thames.  Where are they now?  Some of them are
+underground--arched over, built over, buried in the dark, out of sight.
+Look at the map on p. 11; there you will find one of these rivers,
+which ran from the Highgate Woods southward to the Thames.  It was
+called the Fleet, and has given its name to Fleet Street.
+
+======================================================================
+
+[Illustration: NO. 3.  IN WESTMINSTER ABBEY: THE TOMB OF EDWARD THE
+CONFESSOR WITH ITS VELVET COVERING _See pages_ 17 _and_ 22]
+
+======================================================================
+
+There were also some low hills quite close to the north bank of the
+river.  Let us fancy that we have gone back through the ages, many
+hundreds of years before ever the Romans came to this country, and that
+we are standing--you and I--facing the river on one of those hills,
+that on which St. Paul's now stands.  What do we see?  To our right,
+under its steep clay bank, so high it is almost a cliff, the Fleet runs
+on its way to the Thames; to our left is the hill; behind us, {9} all
+the way up to the hills of Hampstead, are tangled forests, and in the
+low ground are wide marshes; and in front is the river.  It is
+low-water; on either side of the stream are great stretches of mud and
+sand, wet marshy places, such as you may have seen at some place by the
+sea where the shore is very flat and the tide goes out very far.
+Beyond the marsh, on the southern shore, I think there is a wide
+shallow lake, for to this day some of the land there is below the level
+of the river at high-water.  As we watch, look! a little rippling wave
+runs over the flats between the sand-banks; the tide has turned,--how
+fast it rises, how far it spreads!  Before long the wide waste before
+us is covered with grey waters; it has become a great lake or sea.
+Nowadays embankments, such as you see in picture 1, keep the river in
+its place; but in the long-ago times of which we are thinking every
+high tide must have spread far and wide over what is now dry land.
+
+======================================================================
+
+[Illustration: NO. 4.  THE FIRST CORONATION IN THE ABBEY _See page_ 21]
+
+======================================================================
+
+Could any people have wished to live in such a watery place?  Yes,
+indeed they did; and under the bed of the Fleet River, near its mouth,
+traces have been found of their homes.  That ancient people must have
+had many enemies,--other men who fought them, fierce wild animals,
+wolves and other creatures which have not lived in England for hundreds
+and hundreds of years; and to defend themselves that people had such
+poor weapons, perhaps made only of bronze; so they sought for a very
+safe dwelling-place.  Down into the muddy bed of the river they drove
+great wooden posts, such posts as men drive down now into river or sea
+when they are building a pier.  The worn {10} tops of those old timbers
+have been found showing up through the soil where once the Fleet ran;
+and on them once rested a platform of wood on which houses were built.
+Is not this a piece of history written in the soil?  The first men who
+tried to read it understood more easily the meaning of those worn old
+posts because to this day the brown people, who live in one of the
+great islands to the south-east of Asia, build their houses on just
+such platforms out over the water.
+
+How long did the men of that far-off time live in these strange
+river-dwellings?  That we do not know; it may have been for very many
+years.  At last (so some learned men believe) they built for themselves
+a fort or stronghold on the high land near-by, perhaps where St. Paul's
+now stands, but more likely lower down the river, on the next hill;
+this stronghold may have been the beginning of London.  If, as some
+people think, London means "The Fort of the Waters," or "The Lake
+Fort," was it not well named?
+
+Up the river to this fort ships may sometimes have come, bringing
+merchants to buy pearls and skins of wild animals and slaves; and to
+pay for them with such things as the fierce Londoners of those days
+would like--a sharp axe or a gay necklace.
+
+======================================================================
+
+[Illustration: LONDON IN THE TIME OF THE NORMANS.]
+
+======================================================================
+
+The written history of London does not begin until the Romans had
+conquered and were ruling the land, more than a hundred years after
+their great general, Julius Cæsar, had first come here.  They found
+London only a little group of huts, very likely made of wickerwork
+plastered over with mud, and surrounded by a poor wall and ditch.  How
+much they did for it!  They {12} built round it the great walls which
+you see marked in our little map; so strong were they that parts of
+their foundations and of the walls themselves have been found even of
+late years.  And many other traces of the Romans have been found in
+London--coins, and weapons, and carvings.  Near the Strand is a bath
+which once, perhaps, belonged to some Roman gentleman's fine house.
+There were many such houses in and about London; and many a time the
+beautiful pavements of these houses, and even the pavements of the old
+Roman streets, have been found in the City down below the present
+streets and houses.  The Romans made great roads which stretched out
+north, south, east, and west, from London; and they built a bridge over
+the Thames.  In those days the people across the English Channel, the
+Gauls and Italians, were far wiser than the wild people of Britain; and
+roads and bridges made it possible for their trade, skill and wisdom to
+come to the people of London.  A flourishing city it became under the
+Roman rule.
+
+The years passed on and evil days befell the Roman Empire; the wild
+fierce northern races attacked it, and the Roman soldiers had to leave
+Britain and go back to defend Italy.  Then there came to this country
+also sad days of war and trouble, for the English came over the North
+Sea, fought and conquered the Britons, and at last settled here.  Then
+came the Danes, and there was more war, more fighting.  During these
+dreadful times we hear little of London.
+
+At last Alfred became King.  Do you remember how many good things he
+did for England?  One of the best of them was that in the year 886, as
+the {13} ancient Chronicle or history of our country tells us, he built
+London Town,--that is, he built again her walls and towers, and made
+her once more a strong city.  Thus, with Alfred as her founder and
+protector, her later history begins.  Year by year she grew greater and
+more important, until she became the greatest of all English cities and
+the capital of the land.
+
+There is another and a very different story of Old London, and this is
+how it begins:--"Brute, about the yeare of the world 2855 and 1108
+before the nativitie of Christ" (that is, before Christ was born,)
+"builded this city neare unto the riuer (river) now called Thames, and
+named it Troynouant"--that is, 'New Troy.'  Now, this Brute belonged to
+the very same family as Romulus who built Rome; and he and his
+followers came across the sea to this island, in which then only a few
+giants were living, and he conquered them and took the land, and named
+it Britain after his own name, and his companions he called Britons.
+
+There were more giants in Cornwall than in any other part of the land.
+One of them was called Goëmagot; he was so strong that he could pull up
+an oak-tree as if it were only a hazel-wand.  Now there was a great
+fight between the Britons and the Cornish giants, and all the giants
+were killed but Goëmagot.  Then he and a famous Briton fought together,
+and all men stood by to watch.  At first it seemed that the giant would
+win for he wounded the Briton sorely; but, wounded as he was, the
+Briton heaved Goëmagot up on his shoulders, ran with him to the shore,
+and flung him headlong into the sea; and (so says the story) the rock
+from which he fell is called "The Giant's Leap" unto {14} this day.
+All this happened near the place where Plymouth now stands.  What has
+it to do with London?  In the Guildhall, which is the Council Hall of
+London, are many statues of great and famous men, and here are also two
+great wooden giants called Gog and Magog; they are the City's giants.
+Once they used to be carried in the Lord Mayor's Show and in
+processions to make the people wonder.  The older giant is said to be
+Goëmagot; the other, the Briton who hurled him headlong into the sea.
+
+Long after Brute died, Belinus became King.  Of all his wonderful
+history I can tell you only this,--he placed a great building in
+Trinovantum (that is, London,) upon the banks of the Thames, and the
+citizens called it, after his name, Billingsgate.  Over it he built a
+huge tower, and under it a fair haven or quay for ships.  "At last,
+when he had finished his days, his body was burned, and the ashes put
+up in a golden urn, which they placed with wonderful art on the top of
+the tower" which he himself had built.  Have you ever heard of
+Billingsgate?  It is the chief fish-market of London, and its wharf is
+the oldest on the Thames, so old that no one knows when fish were first
+landed and sold there.
+
+Many years after Belinus built his great tower, Lud became King.  He
+"not only repaired this Cittie" (that is, Trinovantum,) "but also
+increased the same with faire buildings, Towers and walles; and after
+his own name called it Caire Lud, as Lud's towne."  And about sixty-six
+years before Christ was born he built a strong gate in the west part of
+the city, and he named it, in his own honour, Ludgate; and when he {15}
+died his body was buried by this gate.  Turn back to the little map of
+London on p. 11; there you will find Ludgate marked.  St. Paul's
+Cathedral stands just to the east of it, on Ludgate Hill.
+
+These stories were first written down by a Welsh priest called Geoffrey
+of Monmouth, who lived in the days of King Stephen; and long ago
+everyone believed they were true.  Then came a time when people said
+what, perhaps, you are thinking, "These stories are only fairy-tales.
+Who made them up?"  Well, Geoffrey of Monmouth said, in his book
+written nearly 800 years ago, that he had read them in a still older
+book which came out of Brittany.  Who else had read this old book?  No
+one, so Geoffrey said; so people left off believing them; they were put
+aside and forgotten.  Now wise men think that they are really the old
+stories of our nation which have been passed down from father to son,
+and that perhaps the heroes of which they tell are the gods the people
+once worshipped, that Lud was a God of the Waters.  If so, was it not
+very natural that he was worshipped in Old London on the shores of the
+Thames and the Fleet Rivers?
+
+There is another hero, Bran the Blessed, of whom I must tell you.  He
+too was King of the Isle of the Mighty, as Britain was called.  He was
+so big no ship could contain him for he was like a mountain, and his
+eyes were like two lakes.  In the end of his days he fought with the
+Irish in their own land until only he and seven of his followers were
+left alive, and he was wounded unto death.  And he said to his
+followers, "Very soon I shall die; then cut off my head, and {16} take
+it with you to London, and there bury it in the White Mountain looking
+towards France, and no foreigners shall invade the land while it is
+there."  Much more he told them of the manner of their coming to
+London, and all that he said came true, so that many years passed away
+before in the White Mount, where the Tower now stands, they buried the
+head.  There it lay until Arthur dug it up, for he said, "The strong
+arm should defend the land."  He meant that the men of a nation should
+be its defence.
+
+Arthur himself was proclaimed King in London.  Perhaps you remember the
+old story of the child who was brought up so secretly that, when the
+King, his father, died, no one knew who was now the rightful King or,
+indeed, if there was one.  Then, as Merlin the Magician had advised,
+the Archbishop of Canterbury called on all the great lords of the
+kingdom to come together in London; and there, one day, outside the
+greatest church in the City (was it St. Paul's, I wonder?) they saw a
+great stone with a sword sticking in it; and round about the stone,
+written in letters of gold, were these words:--"Whoso pulleth out this
+sword of this stone is right wise born King of England."  The great
+lords tried to pull it out, and not one of them could do so; but young
+Arthur, who had come to town with his foster-father and foster-brother,
+pulled it out easily, not because he wanted to show that he was the
+King,--he does not seem to have known about this,--but because his
+foster-brother had sent him to fetch a sword and he could get no other.
+Thus, all men knew that he was "right wise born King of England."
+
+======================================================================
+
+[Illustration: NO. 5.  A ROOM IN THE TOWER WHERE STATE PRISONERS WERE
+LODGED.]
+
+======================================================================
+
+======================================================================
+
+[Illustration: NO. 6.  SIR THOMAS MORE AND HIS DAUGHTER WATCH THE
+CARTHUSIAN PRIORS GOING AWAY TO DIE.  _See page_ 26]
+
+======================================================================
+
+
+
+
+{17}
+
+II.
+
+THE STORY OF WESTMINSTER ABBEY
+
+Turn to the picture facing p. 8.  If you have ever been in London, I
+think you will know that this is a picture of part of Westminster
+Abbey.  Even if you have never seen the Abbey, perhaps you know that it
+is a very old and beautiful church near the River Thames in London.
+Imagine that you are standing near it now, and that you can see its old
+grey walls, and the grass and railings which separate it from the busy
+street with its motors and omnibuses, its carriages and carts.  Now,
+with the roar of the streets in our ears, with the tall London
+buildings all around us, and busy people constantly hurrying past us,
+let us try to fancy what this spot was like in the very early times
+when we first hear of it.
+
+Then the Thames was clear and fresh and full of fish, and many a red
+deer and other wild animal wandered along its banks and drank of its
+waters.  About a mile and a half above London, where the river was wide
+and shallow, one of those little brooks of which I have told you ran
+into it; and here, where the waters of the brook and of the river met,
+was a bank of sandy gravel, which at high tide was an island, so it was
+called Thorney or Thorn Ey--the Island of Thorns--for it was all
+overgrown with thorn-bushes.  Very lonely, very quiet, Thorney must
+have been.
+
+{18}
+
+Who first lived there, what kind of a dwelling-place they had, we do
+not really know.  In later days the monks, whose home it then was, said
+that once the temple of a Roman god had stood there, and that when the
+Britons became Christians a good King built in its place a Christian
+church called the Abbey of St. Peter.  Do you remember that, after the
+Romans left Britain, the English, who were still heathen, came over the
+North Sea and conquered the Britons and settled on their lands?  The
+monks said that in those days of war and trouble the little Abbey of
+St. Peter was destroyed.  Early in the seventh century, when the
+English also had learnt the Christian Faith, Sebert, King of the East
+Saxons, rebuilt the little abbey, and when he died he was buried there.
+So said the monks, and to this very day there is a grave in Westminster
+Abbey which is said to be Sebert's.
+
+There is a strange story told about this ancient church.  It was just
+finished, and the first Bishop of London, Mellitus, was to come on a
+certain Monday to consecrate it--that is, to set it apart for the
+service of God.  The evening before a man called Edric was fishing in
+the river.  Suddenly, on the southern bank, he saw a bright light; he
+pulled his little boat towards it, and saw standing by the water a
+strange-looking stately man, who pointed towards Thorney and said,
+"Ferry me, I pray thee, across to yonder place"; and Edric did so.  As
+the stranger landed and went to the new church the air was filled with
+heavenly light, the church was "without darkness or shadow," and
+through the light angels came flying from the skies, and with their
+help the stranger held the solemn service of {19} consecration.  All
+this Edric heard and saw.  Do you wonder that he forgot all about his
+fishing?
+
+When the service was ended and, I suppose, the heavenly light had faded
+away and darkness again covered the place, the stranger came to Edric
+and asked for food.  "Alas!" he answered, "I have none.  I have not
+caught a single fish."
+
+Then said the stranger, "I am Peter, Keeper of the Keys of Heaven.
+When the Bishop comes to-morrow, tell him that I, St. Peter, have
+consecrated my own church of St. Peter.  Go thou out into the river;
+thou wilt catch many a fish, whereof the most part will be salmon.
+This I grant thee if thou wilt promise two things;--first, that never
+again wilt thou fish on Sunday; and, secondly, that thou wilt give
+one-tenth of thy fish to the Abbey of St. Peter."
+
+Next day King Sebert and the Bishop of London came to Thorney.  There,
+by the new church, with a salmon in his hand, Edric, the fisherman, was
+waiting to tell his story.  Did they believe it?  How could they help
+believing? for he showed them the marks of twelve crosses on the
+church, and the traces of the sacred oil and of the candles which the
+angels had held!  There was nothing left for the Bishop to do but to
+declare that the church had been well and truly consecrated.
+
+These are the wonderful stories the monks used to tell of their abbey.
+I suppose they loved it so much that they wanted people to think it as
+old and as wonderful as it could possibly be.
+
+But now we have come to real history which we know to be true.  In 1042
+Edward, called the {20} Confessor, became King of England.  Englishmen
+long remembered him and what he looked like; his hair and beard were
+milky white, and his cheeks were red; he loved hunting and long
+services in church; and his people believed that the touch of his hand
+would heal the sick, and that God spoke to him in dreams and visions.
+
+His father had been driven out of England by the Danes, and Edward had
+grown up in Normandy; so it came about that he loved the Normans, who
+were more courteous than the rude rough English.  Yet I think he loved
+England too, for we are told that he made a vow to St. Peter that if
+ever he returned there in safety he would make a pilgrimage to the
+saint's grave in Rome.
+
+He did not keep this vow; his people would not let him, for they said,
+"The journey to Rome is long and dangerous, and our King is very
+precious to us.  We cannot let him go."  But a man, even if he is a
+King, may not break a solemn vow, so Edward asked the Pope what he must
+do, and the Pope answered, "Stay at home and rule thy people; yet, as
+thou hast vowed to make a pilgrimage to Rome, do some other costly
+thing instead.  Build a new church, or rebuild an old one in honour of
+St. Peter."  And King Edward determined to rebuild the little church at
+Thorney, or Westminster as we must now call it; for the thorns had long
+since been cleared away, the sandy bank was no longer an island even at
+high-water, and pleasant meadows lay on either side of the river.
+
+For fifteen years the work went on; Edward was so interested in it, so
+loved it, that he watched over and {21} cared for every part of it.
+Now at last, at Christmas-time of the year 1065, the east end was
+finished.  How eagerly the King looked forward to its consecration!  It
+was indeed consecrated three days after Christmas, on the Feast of the
+Holy Innocents, but the King was not there; he was very ill, and within
+a few days he died.  The first great service held in the new Abbey was
+his funeral; he was buried before the high Altar.  After this there was
+no peace or happiness in England for many a day.  Edward left no son,
+so the greatest of the English Earls, Earl Harold, was made King.  But
+William, Duke of Normandy, declared that Edward had promised him the
+crown; and he came across the sea, and fought and killed Harold on the
+Sussex Hills at the Battle of Hastings.  Thus the Norman Duke became
+William I., King of England, and he was crowned in Westminster Abbey on
+Christmas Day, 1066.  Inside the church with him were the Norman
+nobles; outside crowded the poor English.
+
+When he was proclaimed King at the Altar, the English shouted, as was
+their custom, "God save the King!"  The Normans within the Abbey heard
+and wondered.  What could the shouts mean?  Were the English rising
+against them?  Full of fear and anger they rushed out to find
+everything in confusion, the houses ablaze, and their men, who had been
+left outside on guard, killing the poor English.  In the Abbey William
+and the Bishops and monks were left almost alone; and thus, in the
+gloom and darkness of the winter's day, with the sound of tumult and
+fighting ringing in their ears, the Conqueror was {22} crowned.  This
+was the first coronation in the Abbey; facing p. 9 is a picture of it.
+
+Two hundred years later King Henry III. pulled down Edward the
+Confessor's Abbey, and built in its place the Abbey we still have.  In
+it the Confessor's tomb is behind the altar; for Henry had his body
+reverently moved from its first grave to a chapel which he had
+especially prepared for it.  When you go to the Abbey you will see that
+this chapel is higher than any of the others; some people say the
+reason is that, to do more honour to the Confessor, King Henry sent
+ships to bring earth from the Holy Land, and this sacred earth was
+piled up into a mound behind the high Altar, and on it the Confessor's
+chapel was built.  This is the part of the Abbey shown in picture 3;
+turn back and look at it again.  Do you see that the old tomb is
+covered with purple velvet?  Are not the pillars and arches about it
+beautiful?
+
+I have told you only the beginning of the Abbey's history.  Not only
+are all our Kings crowned there but many of them lie buried there too;
+so also do some of the best and wisest men who have served our country,
+some of our bravest sailors, and of our greatest poets.  Thus it comes
+about that the history of the Abbey is as long as the history of our
+country--indeed, it _is_ the history of our country.
+
+
+
+
+{23}
+
+III.
+
+THE STORY OF THE CHARTER HOUSE
+
+In 1347 Edward III. was besieging Calais; he was at war with France,
+and but the year before had won the great victory of Creçy.  The siege
+lasted a whole year, and then at last the men of Calais could hold out
+no longer, for the French King could not help them and they had no food
+left.  When King Edward heard this he sent to them one of his knights,
+Sir Walter Manny, with this message, "Give yourselves up to me that I
+may do with you what I will."  This was a hard thing to ask, so hard
+that Edward's lords pleaded with him to show mercy; and the King gave
+way and said he would be content if six citizens came to him, barefoot,
+in their shirts, with ropes about their necks, and bearing the city's
+keys.  "On them," he said, "I will do my will."  So the Captain of
+Calais gave up six of the citizens to Sir Walter Manny, and he brought
+them to the King and begged him to spare their lives--begged, but
+begged in vain.  Then Queen Philippa, Edward's wife, weeping bitterly,
+fell on her knees, and prayed the King for love of our Lord to have
+mercy; and the King's heart was moved to pity, and he answered her,
+"Though I do it against my will--take them!  I give them to you."  Can
+you not fancy how well she treated them, and how happy she was when she
+sent them home to Calais?
+
+In those days, outside the walls of London towards {24} the north-west
+was a pleasant land of fields and trees, of streams and clear sweet
+springs, a lonely land with few houses except three great monasteries.
+Here Sir Walter Manny and the Bishop of London of that time founded
+another monastery for twenty-four monks and a Prior or chief monk.  It
+was called the London Charter House, for it was one of several Charter
+Houses which all belonged to the same kind of monks, who all obeyed the
+same rules and wore the same dress, and so they are said to belong to
+the same Order.  This new Charter House stood on land which had been
+given (some by Sir Walter Manny, some by a former Bishop of London,) to
+be used as a burial-ground for people who had died in the great
+sickness, called the Black Death, in the year 1349.
+
+======================================================================
+
+[Illustration: NO. 7.  OLD PENSIONERS AND SCHOOLBOYS IN THE CHARTER
+HOUSE.  _See page_ 28]
+
+======================================================================
+
+Let us fancy what the life of the monks of the Charter House was like.
+Their day began at an hour when you are sound asleep in bed; at eleven
+o'clock the convent bell rang, and at midnight the monks met in chapel
+for Matins, their first service, which often lasted two hours, or even
+longer, so slowly, so solemnly, did they chant the psalms and prayers.
+When it was over the monks went back to their beds until five o'clock,
+when they rose and went about the business of the day.  What did they
+find to do?  They were busy all day long, for they had to take part in
+the many services of the chapel; and each monk had his own little house
+and garden, called his "cell," where he passed most of his time alone.
+Here he read and prayed; here he worked,--perhaps at carpentering or
+some such trade, perhaps he copied or wrote books; here he ate his
+solitary meal, the only meal {25} of the day, which might be of eggs,
+fish, fruit and vegetables, but never of meat; sometimes it was of
+bread and water only.  By seven o'clock his day was ended and he was
+asleep in bed.  One of the strictest rules of this Order of monks is
+that they shall be silent except in Chapel.  They only meet together
+twice a week; once when they all dine together, and again on Sundays,
+when they all go for a long walk in company.
+
+This has been the life of every Carthusian monk (so the Charter House
+monks are called,) ever since the Order was founded in the eleventh
+century; and this was the life of the London Charter House from the
+days of Edward III. until the reign of Henry VIII.  Do you remember
+that he and his Parliament broke the links which bound together the
+Churches of Rome and England?  In 1534 a law was made which said that
+the King, not the Pope, should henceforth be the Head of the English
+Church, and that anyone who would not agree to this was a traitor.
+Some people in England were very glad of this, for there were things in
+the Church which seemed to them altogether wrong; "Now," they thought,
+"these wrong things can be set right."  But other people were very
+sorry; they believed the Pope was indeed Head of the whole Church, that
+God had made him so, and what God had willed man cannot alter.  Amongst
+those who thought so were the monks of the Charter House.
+
+======================================================================
+
+[Illustration: NO. 8.  ST. BARTHOLOMEW'S CHURCH BEFORE IT WAS RESTORED.
+_See page_ 30]
+
+======================================================================
+
+It is hard to wait day by day for some dreadful thing which we know is
+surely coming to us, so these were sad days for the monks.  Were they
+frightened, I wonder, when they heard what was going on in the {26}
+world outside their walls, and knew that soon, very soon, they must
+tell the fierce King that for them the Pope was and must always be Head
+of the Church?  What would happen to them?  Did their prayers and
+solemn services strengthen and comfort them then?  Yes, indeed they
+did.  And their Prior, John Houghton, was a brave true man, as men have
+need to be in such times; and not only by his words, but by his deeds,
+he taught his monks to choose rather to die than to give up what they
+believed to be true; for in the spring of the next year he and two
+other Carthusian Priors told Thomas Cromwell, the King's great
+Minister, that they could not change their Faith.  They were sent to
+the Tower, tried as traitors in Westminster Hall, and found guilty.
+Turn to picture 6; here you see Sir Thomas More, in this month of May
+himself a prisoner in the Tower for the same reason, watching the three
+Priors and another monk going away to die.  As he watched, More said to
+his daughter, "Lo, dost thou see, Meg, that these blessed fathers be
+now as cheerful going to their deaths as bridegrooms to their
+marriages?"
+
+At Tyburn Tree, where the Marble Arch now stands, John Houghton laid
+down his life for his Faith.
+
+Two sad years followed; then all but ten of the monks yielded to the
+King and promised to "forsake the Bishop of Rome."  These ten were sent
+to Newgate Prison.  There they would very soon have died, for in those
+days life in a prison was a dreadful thing, but they were helped by a
+brave woman, called Margaret Clement, whom Sir Thomas More had brought
+up with his own daughter Margaret.  "Moved {27} with a great compassion
+of those holy Fathers, she dealt with the gaoler ... and withal did win
+him with money that he was content to let her come into the prison to
+them, which she did, attiring and disguising herself as a milkmaid,
+with a great pail upon her head full of meat, wherewith she fed that
+blessed company, putting meat into their mouths, they being tied and
+not able to stir, nor to help themselves."
+
+Soon orders came that the monks were to be kept very strictly, and the
+gaoler could not allow Margaret Clement to visit them; then, one after
+another, all but one died.
+
+In 1538 the rest of the monks were turned out of the Charter House.
+Sorrowfully they passed out under its great archway, and went their
+different ways to places of safety.
+
+And was the Charter House left empty to fall into ruins?  No; it became
+the property of first one great lord and then of another.  They altered
+it to meet their needs; the monks' cells disappeared; it became a grand
+mansion.  Queen Elizabeth and James I. both stayed there.
+
+At last it was sold to Thomas Sutton, a merchant who had made a large
+fortune by mining for coal near Newcastle and selling it in London.  He
+must have been a good old man, for we are told he used often to go into
+his quiet garden to pray, "Lord, Thou hast given me a large and liberal
+estate; give me also a heart to make use thereof."
+
+He had no children, and when he died, in 1611, he left his great wealth
+to found a free school, and a "hospital" where eighty old
+men--"soldiers who had {28} borne arms by land or sea, merchants who
+had been ruined by shipwreck or piracy, and servants of the King or
+Queen,"--could spend their last days in peace.  They are called the
+Charter House Pensioners.  Turn back to picture 7; these two old men
+are Pensioners.  At first there were to be but forty boys in the
+school, but the numbers grew larger and larger; and many a great man
+has been educated in the famous Charter House School.
+
+As the years passed on and London spread beyond its walls, the pleasant
+fields about the Charter House were covered with streets and houses.
+At last, about fifty years ago, the Governors of the school thought it
+would be wise to move it to a more open place; so they built a new
+school at Godalming in Surrey, and the boys moved into it in 1872.
+Into the old buildings they had left came a great day-school, the
+Merchant Taylors', so there are still about 500 boys as well as the old
+pensioners in the London Charter House.
+
+What a strange history the Charter House has!  What changes it has
+seen!  The convent with its silent monks, the great house with its
+state and royal visitors, the noisy school, the peaceful home of the
+old pensioners,--the Charter House bears traces of them all.  For here
+are still the courts and cloisters and the chapel of the monks, and the
+stateroom of the great noble; the boys' playground (picture 2 shows us
+a little bit of it,) is the square round which once stood the monks'
+quiet cells; in the chapel we may see the tomb of the Founder, Sir
+Thomas Sutton; indeed, both the Founders, Sir Thomas Sutton and Sir
+Walter Manny, lie buried there.
+
+
+
+
+{29}
+
+IV.
+
+TWO FAMOUS CHARITIES
+
+Turn to picture 8; this is the ancient church of St. Bartholomew the
+Great.  In it, on the north side of the altar, is an old old tomb on
+which lies a stone figure in a quaint dress; it is the tomb of Rahere,
+said to be the founder of the church and of the great Hospital of St.
+Bartholomew near-by.
+
+This is the story of Rahere:--He was born in France in the reign of
+William the Conqueror.  Early in the twelfth century he was in England,
+and he was often at the Courts of the Red King and of Henry I.  We are
+told that he was "a pleasant-witted gentleman, and therefore in his
+time called the Kinge's Minstrell"; indeed, the old chronicler seems to
+think he led an idle foolish life.  If this is true, he certainly
+repented before long, for he became a pilgrim and made the long and
+difficult journey to Rome to visit there the places where the Apostles
+St. Peter and St. Paul were martyred.  In Rome he fell ill, and when he
+was getting better he vowed he would make a hospital "yn re-creacion
+(that is, re-creation or healing) of poure men."
+
+And now wonderful things happened.  In a dream or vision Rahere saw the
+Apostle Bartholomew, who said to him such words as these:--"Build not
+only a {30} hospital but also a church, and build them in Smithfield by
+the City of London."  So Rahere went home, called together the citizens
+of London, and told them what he meant to do.  And they answered, "This
+is a hard thing to compass for Smithfield lieth within the King's
+market."
+
+Rahere then went to King Henry I. and told him his story, and the King
+gave him the land he needed,--such land! wet and marshy, "moorish
+land," an old writer says, "heretofore a common," where the Londoners
+used to fling out the rubbish and dirt of their city.  On this land, in
+the year 1123, Rahere began to build his hospital, which he called
+after the Apostle who had appeared to him; and later, as that Apostle
+had bidden him, he built a Priory; the church you see in picture 8 is
+part of its church.
+
+Who helped Rahere to do all this?  The citizens of London.  We are told
+that he gathered together a crowd of people by pretending to be mad,
+and then he made them work; they drained the wet marshy soil, they
+carried great stones, they laboured hard.  Thus the hospital was built.
+
+Rahere was its first master.  A friend of his, called Alfune, "went
+himselfe dayly to the Shambles and other markets, where he begged the
+charity of devout people for their" (that is, the poor sick people's)
+"reliefe."  Now, the charity he asked for was food for them to eat.
+
+Rahere's last years were quietly spent in his own Priory, where he died
+in the year 1144.  This is his story, but it was first written down
+when writers loved rather to tell wonderful things about great men {31}
+than to seek out the exact truth about them.  Now some people think he
+did not found the hospital, but both hospital and church are far older
+than his day; and that the Priory was built for the monks who managed
+the hospital.
+
+However this may be, the monks of the Priory certainly had great
+privileges; one of them was that every year, at the Festival of St.
+Bartholomew, for three days they might hold a fair in the "smooth
+field" or Smithfield.  Have you ever been to a country fair, and seen
+its funny little stalls of sweets and chinaware and its quaint shows?
+If you have, you must know that most English fairs are not at all
+important nowadays; but in the times of which I am writing most of the
+buying and selling in England was done at them.  And so the old writer,
+Stow, tells us that to St. Bartholomew's Fair "the Clothiers of all
+England and Drapers of London repayred and had their boothes and
+standings within the churchyard of this priorie, closed in with walles,
+and gates locked every night, and watched for safetie of men's goodes
+and wares"--so rich and valuable was its merchandise.  Year by year it
+was held until 1855; then it was done away with, for serious buying and
+selling were no longer carried on at such fairs, and "Bartlemy Fair,"
+as it was called, was now famous only for its shows of wild beasts,
+dwarfs and giants, for its ox roasted whole, and for its scenes of wild
+merry-making.
+
+For four hundred years the monks of St. Bartholomew's tended the poor
+people of London.  Then came the days when Henry VIII. broke up the
+monasteries; in 1539 he turned the monks out of the Priory and closed
+{32} the hospital.  Presently I will tell you what afterwards happened
+to it.
+
+
+For the beginning of our second charity we must go far away from London
+to the little town of Assisi in Italy.  There, on a spring day of the
+year 1209, a young man kneeling in a little church heard the priest
+reading the Gospel for the day:--"As ye go, preach, saying, 'The
+Kingdom of Heaven is at hand.'  Heal the sick, cleanse the lepers....
+Provide neither silver nor gold nor brass in your purses, neither scrip
+nor two coats, nor shoes nor staff."  The young man felt as though
+Christ Himself was speaking to him.  "From henceforth," he said, "I
+shall set myself with all my might to live thus."
+
+======================================================================
+
+[Illustration: NO. 9.  AN EXCITING GAME: OLD CHRIST'S HOSPITAL, LONDON]
+
+======================================================================
+
+If you had asked the people of Assisi about him, they would have
+answered you in some such words as these, "Yonder man?  He is Francis,
+the spendthrift son of the cloth-merchant, Pietro Bernardone.  He to
+make such a vow! he, the idle companion of the foolish young nobles of
+Assisi, the waster of his father's wealth!  It is true he has changed
+of late, but his new way of life pleases his father not at all, for he
+has given away all he possessed, and says he has taken Poverty as his
+bride.  He visits the lepers, and labours to repair some of the poor
+churches of the town."
+
+Yet Francis kept his vow.  Dressed in a simple grey gown, he went in
+and out amongst the poorest of the people, preaching to them and
+tending the sick.  In return they could give him but a scanty meal or a
+night's lodging; money he would not take; it was, he {33} said, of no
+use to him.  And wherever he was, whatever he was doing, no matter what
+hardships he had to bear--and he had many--he was always full of
+happiness.
+
+======================================================================
+
+[Illustration: NO. 10.  ENTRANCES OF THE OLD CHRIST'S HOSPITAL AND OF
+CHRIST CHURCH, LONDON]
+
+======================================================================
+
+In those hard cruel days men thought little of pain and suffering; but
+Francis had love and sympathy, not only for men, but for animals and
+for all things.  In one of his poems he calls the moon his sister, and
+the sun his brother; and he gives thanks for "our sister water, who is
+very serviceable unto us and humble and precious and clean," and for
+"our brother fire; he is bright and pleasant and very mighty and
+strong."  We hear of him preaching to the birds, and bidding them be
+thankful for their feather-clothes and wings.
+
+Soon other men joined themselves to him to live and teach as he did,
+and they were called Franciscans, the Monks of St. Francis; and
+sometimes the Grey Friars, because, like St. Francis, they wore grey
+gowns; and they are also called the Begging Friars, because they too
+had taken Poverty for their bride, and might own neither houses nor
+lands; even food they must earn by the labour of their own hands, or
+kindly people must give it to them.  All their time, all their thoughts
+must be given to helping the poor, the sick, and the wretched; and
+where they were, there the Friars must go, so they made their homes
+chiefly in the towns; and at first, while they kept the rules of St.
+Francis very strictly, even these homes did not really belong to them.
+
+In 1224 nine Franciscans came to England--the very first to come here.
+Four of them went straight {34} to London.  There the poorer people
+lived on the marshy land near the Thames, huddled together in huts
+built of mud and wattle; and in such homes there must have been plenty
+of sickness and misery.  For a short time the four Grey Friars lived on
+Cornhill.  Perhaps they thought they had no right to live in so
+pleasant a place when there was such great misery down by the river;
+certainly, soon so many people came about them that this first home was
+too small for them.  Now, a London citizen had some property "in
+Stynkyng Lane and in the parish of St. Nicholas Shambles."  Do you know
+what shambles are?  In them animals are killed for food; they cannot be
+nice places to live in.  This property the citizen gave to the Friars,
+and there they made their new home.  By their good deeds they must very
+quickly have won the respect of the Londoners, for some gave them more
+lands, and others helped in building a church and monastery for them.
+This monastery was close to the place where the London General Post
+Office now stands.
+
+In those days the monasteries did most of the work which is now done by
+schools, libraries, hospitals, hotels, and workhouses; no doubt the
+Franciscans did their full share of it in London.  But as the years
+passed on and the first monks died, the younger men who took their
+places became less strict in keeping the rules of St. Francis; many
+people gave money and lands to the Order, and it became rich and great,
+and changed very much.  Before a hundred years had passed away, in
+place of their first church, a new one had been built for them, one of
+the grandest in the {35} land; its floor and pillars were all of
+marble.  St. Francis told his followers that they needed no books but a
+Prayer-Book; before long the Grey Friars not only had books, but two
+hundred years after they settled in London Richard Whittington gave
+them a library.  They no longer gave all their time to caring for the
+poor and wretched, for we hear of some of them teaching at Oxford and
+Cambridge; indeed, one of the most learned men of the age, Roger Bacon,
+was a Grey Friar.
+
+Thus the years passed on until Henry VIII. became King.  Do you
+remember how he treated the monks of the Charter House?  I have no such
+story to tell you of the Grey Friars, for they gave up to the King
+their monastery and all they possessed when he called on them to do so.
+
+Were the monks missed?  Who did the work they had once done?  At first
+much of it was left quite undone.  Here is a little bit of a letter
+which the Lord Mayor of London, Sir Richard Gresham, wrote to the King,
+in 1538, on this very subject:--Someone, he says, must come to the
+"ayde and comfort of the poor, syke [sick], blynde, aged and impotent
+persons beyng not able to help themselffs, nor havyng no place certen
+where they may be refreshed or lodged at, tyll they be holpen and cured
+of their diseases and sickness."  And he goes on to ask that three
+ancient hospitals may be given over to the Mayor and Aldermen of the
+City to carry on once more their old work.  King Henry thought this was
+a wise plan, and in 1546 he gave to London Rahere's old hospital, St.
+Bartholomew's, and the Grey Friars' monastery.
+
+{36}
+
+Nothing more seems to have been done for five years.  Yet the poor
+needed help greatly; and under Henry's son, Edward VI., we hear of
+sermons being preached, of the King, the Bishop of London, and the
+Mayor consulting together and making a new plan--that the house of the
+Grey Friars should be set aside as a hospital or home for "fatherless
+children and other poore mens children," where they should be fed,
+clothed, taught, and properly looked after.  Thus Edward VI. is often
+spoken of as the chief founder of the new charity, but I think Henry
+VIII. and Sir Richard Gresham had more to do with it; don't you?  Yet
+it was the City's charity, and the citizens provided the money needed
+for it.  Before the next winter set in nearly 400 boys and girls were
+lodged in the old Grey Friars; the next Christmas Day (1552), the
+children, 340 in number, "all in one livery of russet cotton," lined
+the road as the Lord Mayor and Aldermen passed in procession to St.
+Paul's Cathedral.  "The next Easter they were in blew [blue] at the
+Spittle [hospital], and so have continued ever since"; and from these
+"blew" clothes the school has taken one of its names--the Blue-Coat
+School.  Its other name is Christ's Hospital.
+
+Hundreds of boys have worn the long blue gown and yellow stockings, and
+some of them have become famous men.  I will tell you the name of only
+one of these, Charles Lamb; for he has written about the school as he
+knew it, and perhaps you have read Lamb's "Tales from Shakespeare"; he
+and his sister Mary wrote them.
+
+Facing page 32 is a picture of Blue-Coat boys, with {37} their gowns
+tucked up, playing football.  Until a short time ago, people in the
+busy street called Holborn could look through the bars which separated
+the playground from it, and watch the boys at play.  They can do this
+no longer, for the old buildings have been pulled down, and part of the
+ground they stood on has been bought for the General Post Office; and
+in the year 1902 the school, like the Charter House School, moved away
+into the country, to Horsham.
+
+From the beginning it was meant for girls as well as boys; old papers
+about it always speak, not of the _boys_, but of the "_children_ of
+this House."  Boys and girls seem to have lived there, to have dined
+together in Hall, and even at one time to have shared a classroom for
+writing-lessons; part of the girls' work was to learn to make their own
+and the boys' clothes.  They too wore a quaint dress with white caps
+and wide collars, but they gave it up long ago; and long ago, in 1778,
+they left London; their school is at Hertford.  It has never been as
+famous as the boys' school.
+
+
+Now I must tell you a little about King Henry's other gift to London,
+St. Bartholomew's Hospital.  It is now one of the largest of the London
+hospitals, and has become very famous as a school where young men are
+taught and trained to be doctors; perhaps your doctor was once a
+student there.
+
+A great part of the Priory church was pulled down as soon as it fell
+into the hands of Henry VIII., and for many years the rest of it was
+neglected and allowed to fall almost into ruins.  Even in the
+nineteenth {38} century, stables, coach-houses, and store-rooms stood
+where once were the monks' old cloisters.  In one part of the church
+was a blacksmith's forge, a fringe factory had taken possession of
+another, and in still another the boys of the parish school did their
+lessons.  Now all this has been changed.  For more than fifty years
+much care, thought and money have been spent in restoring the building
+and in getting rid of stables, forge, factory, and school; and now
+Londoners have every reason to be proud of their beautiful old church.
+
+
+
+
+{39}
+
+V.
+
+THE STORY AND HISTORY OF DICK WHITTINGTON
+
+  "Turn again, Whittington,
+  Lord Mayor of London!"
+
+
+Bow bells sang these words on All-Hallows Day many years ago, and on
+Highgate Hill a boy stood listening to them.  If I ask you who the boy
+was, I am sure you will answer, "Dick Whittington."
+
+The story of Dick Whittington can be told in two very different ways:
+there is, first, the old tale which long ago men told their children,
+and these children told their children.  Thus it was passed on from
+father to son, and we do not know that it was ever written down until
+the days of James I., nearly two hundred years after Whittington died.
+Of course, everyone who told this tale wanted to make it as interesting
+as possible, so little bits were added to it, and it gradually grew
+more and more wonderful.  It is not surprising, then, that learned men
+have not been satisfied with it, and they have searched the Chronicles
+and Records of London to find out what they tell us of Richard
+Whittington, and thus a second story has been made.  Now I will tell
+you first the older story.
+
+Dick Whittington was born in the West of England.  While he was still
+only a little boy his father and mother died, and left him so poor that
+he had no home, and was thankful to do even the hardest work {40} for
+just his bare food.  One day someone told him that the streets of
+London were paved with gold.  "Can it be true?" he thought to himself.
+"Is there so much gold in London that it is trodden underfoot?  Then it
+is my own fault if I starve here in the West Country, for am I not big
+enough and brave enough to tramp all the way up to London?  Who could
+prevent me from picking up some of that gold which surely no one needs,
+or they would not pave the streets with it?  And I need it so much!
+Courage, Dick Whittington; off with you to London!"  So off he set, and
+tramped all the weary way to the great city.
+
+======================================================================
+
+[Illustration: NO. 11.  AN ARCH OF LONDON BRIDGE; TOWER BRIDGE IN THE
+DISTANCE.]
+
+======================================================================
+
+When he reached it, up and down its streets he went,--streets far
+narrower than those of to-day, and darkened by the overshadowing
+houses, for often each of their stories stood out a little beyond the
+story below.  Very dirty we should have thought those streets, for
+people often threw out into them their rubbish and refuse.  And what of
+the gold?  Dick saw none.  At last, utterly wearied out, utterly
+disappointed, so weak from hunger that he could hardly stand, he sank
+down to rest on the doorstep of one of the houses.  Now the story says
+that presently the cook of this house caught sight of him sitting
+there.  She was a bad-tempered woman.  She flung open the door and
+scolded Dick well for an idle fellow, and bade him be off.  Dick begged
+her to give him work so that he might earn some food, but she would not
+listen to him, and only scolded the more; and while this was going on
+up came the master of the house, a rich merchant, whose name was Hugh
+Fitzwarren.  He asked the meaning of all these angry words, and {41} he
+too was vexed to see a boy sitting idly on his doorstep, and bade him
+go to his work.
+
+"Ah," said Dick, "I have no work, and I have had nothing to eat for
+three days.  I am a poor country lad, and here no one knows me, no one
+will help me."  And he rose up to wander away again, but he was so
+tired, so weak, he could hardly stand.  The merchant saw this, and said
+to the cook, "Take him in; feed him well, and set him to work to help
+thee in thy kitchen."
+
+Now, she was, as I said, a bad-tempered woman.  Her master's orders she
+must and did obey, but if Dick now had work and food and a
+resting-place, he had also many a sharp word, many a sour look, many a
+cruel blow.  Though he worked hard he could not please her.  Indeed, in
+all the household--and it was a large one--the only person who was
+friendly to him was the merchant's little daughter, Mistress Alice, who
+not only spoke kindly to him herself, but tried to make his
+fellow-servants treat him better.
+
+======================================================================
+
+[Illustration: NO. 12.  WHITTINGTON SETTING THE KING FREE FROM THE
+GREAT DEBT.]
+
+======================================================================
+
+Dick slept in a garret which was overrun with rats and mice; they were
+so bold that they even crept about over him when he was in bed, and
+prevented him sleeping.  What could he do about this?  In all the world
+he had but one penny; how he came by this penny I do not know, but I
+feel sure he earned it by doing some extra work.  With it he bought a
+cat and took her up to his garret, and there she lived and made war on
+the rats and mice.  Henceforth Dick slept in peace.
+
+Whenever the merchant, Hugh Fitzwarren, sent a ship to trade with
+foreign countries, he allowed each {42} of his servants to have some
+little share in her; each might send out in her some silk or cloth, or
+even a very little thing, whatever he had or could afford to buy; and
+the money for which this thing was sold was the servant's own.  This
+the merchant did that "so God might give him greater blessing."  Thus
+it came about that one day Dick was called with all the other servants,
+and each was asked what he would send out in the good ship _Unicorn_,
+which was now ready for sea.  When it came to Dick's turn, he said, "I
+have nought to send."  "Think again," said his master; "hast thou no
+little thing thou canst spare?  Hast thou nought to venture?"  "Nought,
+nought," answered Dick, "except my cat, and thou wilt not take her."
+"Nay, why not?" said the merchant.  "Send thy cat by all means."  So,
+though his fellow-servants laughed and mocked, Dick's cat was sent on
+board the _Unicorn_.
+
+Now he was lonely indeed; so lonely that the cook's angry words and
+cross tempers were harder to bear than ever, and Dick made up his mind
+to run away.  Very early one morning--it was the Feast of
+All-Hallows--while his fellow-servants were still fast asleep, he
+slipped out of Master Fitzwarren's house and made his way northward out
+of London.  On Highgate Hill he sat down to rest.  Hark! what was that
+he heard?  Now the wind brought the sound to him more clearly; now it
+died away again.  It was the chime of Bow bells, and this is what it
+said to him:--
+
+  "Turn again, Whittington,
+  Lord Mayor of London!"
+
+
+{43}
+
+Lord Mayor of London!  Was he to be Lord Mayor?  If so, must he not
+work faithfully, and, if need be, endure hardships--yes, even such
+little hardships as the cruel words and blows of the bad-tempered cook?
+Up he jumped, and hurried back so fast that he reached Master
+Fitzwarren's house before the cook had missed him.
+
+The _Unicorn_ had sailed to the Barbary Coast of Africa.  The King of
+this country was rich and great, yet he was most miserable and
+uncomfortable, for his kingdom simply swarmed with rats and mice.  They
+were everywhere, even in the beds and on the King's table, where they
+ate the food which had been prepared for him.  When the men of the
+_Unicorn_ came to the Court to show the King the goods their ship had
+brought, fancy how surprised they were to see rats and mice here,
+there, and everywhere!  "That cat we have on board," said they, "would
+soon stop this."  "Then let the cat be sent for at once!" cried the
+King.  So Dick's cat was brought, and now in the palace, as once in
+Dick's garret, she made fierce war on the rats and mice, and before
+long she had driven them all away.  The King was so delighted that he
+bought the cat for ten times more money than he paid for all the
+_Unicorn's_ rich merchandise.
+
+When the ship came home, here was fine news for Dick,--no more
+kitchen-work for him; he was a rich man now.  He became a merchant like
+his master, Hugh Fitzwarren, and by-and-by he married Mistress Alice;
+and, as Bow bells had promised him, he was made Mayor of London, not
+once, but three times.  He was a good Londoner and a good Englishman,
+for {44} the story says that when King Henry V. came home after he had
+conquered France, Whittington entertained him at a great banquet.  Look
+at the picture of this which faces page 41; near the table a fire is
+burning, and Whittington is just going to throw something into it.  How
+eagerly everyone is watching him, and well they may; for before the
+King went to France he had borrowed great sums of money from the City
+and its merchants to pay the cost of his wars, and now Whittington is
+flinging into the fire the papers in which the King had promised to pay
+back 37,000 crowns--that is, £60,000 in our money.  Thus he set the
+King free from his debt, or, in other words, gave him all this money.
+Was not this a princely gift for the great merchant to give the great
+King?
+
+Now I must tell you what the Chronicles and Records of London tell us
+about Richard Whittington.  He was indeed born in the West of England,
+but he belonged to a good family.  We do not know why and when he came
+to the City.  In those days it was certainly no disgrace for the
+younger sons of good families to be London merchants; for the City was
+great and prosperous, able to raise large sums of money to help the
+King in his wars; and we read that at a council held at the Guildhall
+about this very matter, to which came the Archbishop of Canterbury and
+the King's brothers, the Lord Mayor was given the seat of honour above
+them all, so greatly was he respected because he was London's chief
+officer.
+
+All the workmen, according to their trades, had to belong to companies
+called "guilds."  Each guild had its own officers and made its own
+rules for looking {45} after its members; and it had to see not only
+that these members knew how to do their work, but also that they did it
+properly and charged a fair price for it.  We may still read the rules
+about all this made by the Guilds of the Blacksmiths, the Plumbers, the
+Glovers, and many others.  Truly, the merchants and workmen of London
+were honourable and upright, and turned out good honest work.  No
+wonder, then, that Richard Whittington became a London merchant.
+
+He was a mercer--that is, he sold cloth and silk and velvet and such
+things; and so we hear of him providing velvet for the servants of that
+Earl of Derby who afterwards became King Henry IV.
+
+Whittington became a great man in the City, was Alderman and Sheriff,
+and from June, 1397, until November, 1399, he was Mayor.  Mayor for a
+year and five months?  Are not Mayors appointed every year in October?
+and do they not rule only for one year, from November to November?
+Yes, but the Mayor chosen in October 1396 died during his year of
+office, and the King, Richard II., appointed Whittington to take his
+place; and at the year's end the Aldermen chose him to be Mayor again
+for the next year.
+
+He was still carrying on his business, and when Henry IV. became King,
+and the Princesses, his daughters, were to be married, Whittington sold
+to them the cloth of gold and other things necessary for their
+weddings.  He often lent great sums of money to Henry IV., and in later
+days to his son, Henry V., and in the reign of this King he was Mayor
+twice.  He died in the year 1423; on his gravestone were carved some
+Latin words which mean that he was the {46} Flower of Merchants.  His
+wife's name was certainly Alice Fitzwarren, but she was the daughter of
+a Dorsetshire Knight.
+
+So you see the real Richard Whittington was a very great and rich
+merchant.  But many another has been as rich and great, yet no stories
+are told of them; what makes Whittington different from all others?
+
+First of all, he was Lord Mayor three times, or, rather, may we not say
+three and a half times?  And then he was very wise and generous; he
+gave, as I have already told you, a library to the Grey Friars; and he
+arranged that after his death a great deal of his money should be used
+to help London.  His friends, who had to see to this, knew that good
+water is one of the things most necessary for a great city, so they
+arched over a spring to keep it clean and sweet, and they placed
+"drinking-bosses," or taps, in the conduits or channels and pipes which
+brought the water from country springs and streams into London.
+Newgate Prison was "feble, over-litel, and so contagious of eyre [air]
+yat [that] hit caused the deth of many men," so Whittington's money was
+used to rebuild it.  It was also used to repair St. Thomas's Hospital,
+and to make a new hospital or almshouse where always thirteen old men
+should live, who were to pray for Dick Whittington's soul, and the
+souls of his father and mother and wife.  These almshouses are no
+longer in the City; they have been moved out to Highgate, and stand not
+far from the stone which marks the place where Whittington heard the
+chime of Bow bells; and through them Dick Whittington's wealth is still
+doing good to the poor of London.
+
+
+
+
+{47}
+
+VI.
+
+WHEN ELIZABETH WAS QUEEN
+
+In the reign of Henry VI., Humphrey, Duke of Gloucester, the King's
+uncle, built himself a palace at Greenwich, and he called it
+"Placentia" or "Plaisance," which means a pleasant thing or place.
+(Turn over this page and the next, and you will find a picture of it.)
+I think the Tudor Kings really found it a pleasant place, for they
+lived there a great deal; here Henry VIII. and his daughters, Mary and
+Elizabeth, were born, and here Edward VI. died.
+
+In those days the road we now call the Strand led from the City to the
+village of Charing Cross; and all along it stood great and beautiful
+houses with gardens which stretched down to the river.  Each house,
+most likely, had its water-gate or landing-place, where the master of
+the house and his guests could step on board their barges, which might
+take them up the river to Westminster and the royal palace near
+Richmond, or down to London and beyond it to Greenwich; for in those
+days the river was London's greatest and most stately highway.  Very
+stately were the barges, very gay, too, with flags and the fine
+liveries of servants; and very often people on the banks or in little
+boats near-by heard music sounding from their decks as they moved
+swiftly along.  How beautiful, how stately, must Queen Elizabeth's
+barge have been, when at her Coronation she came by water to the Abbey!
+
+{48}
+
+She often stayed in her palace called Plaisance; how grandly she lived
+there!  One who saw her there tells of the "gentlemen, barons, earls,
+Knights of the Garter, all richly-dressed and bareheaded," who went
+before her; one of them carried the sceptre, another the sword of
+state.  The ladies of her Court followed her, and she was guarded on
+each side by fifty gentlemen who carried gilt battle-axes.  She was
+herself magnificently dressed, and "wherever she turned her face as she
+passed along, everybody fell down on their knees."
+
+======================================================================
+
+[Illustration: NO. 13.  GREENWICH AS IT IS NOW.]
+
+======================================================================
+
+Sometimes, when she wanted to be amused, plays were acted in the great
+hall of the palace, and she sat in her chair of state with her ladies
+about her and looked on.  I wonder if any of these plays were written
+by Shakespeare?  Perhaps they were; it is even possible that
+Shakespeare himself may have acted before her, for he had come to
+London from his country home two years before the Spanish Armada sailed
+up the English Channel to conquer England; and during the last five
+years of her reign, whenever Elizabeth went up the river in her barge,
+she passed the round wooden theatre, called the Globe, where his plays
+were acted, for it was in Southwark on the south bank.  There is no
+sign of it now; a great brewery has been built over the place where
+once it stood.
+
+These were the days when English sailors fought the Spanish on the high
+seas, because they claimed all the New World as their own and strove to
+keep everyone else out of it.  From the windows or the terrace of her
+palace did the Queen ever watch ships sailing down the river to take
+part in this struggle, or in another,--a struggle with winds and waves,
+ice and {49} snow, as the sailors tried to explore the unknown coasts
+of America?  Once at least we know she did, for Admiral Frobisher's two
+little ships fired a salute to her as they dropped down the river.  He
+was going to search for gold and for the North-West Passage round the
+north of America to the Pacific.  He found no passage and no gold
+though he went again and yet again to the cold North.  How often
+Englishmen searched for that passage; how hard they found it to believe
+that there is no way for ships through those icy seas!
+
+======================================================================
+
+[Illustration: NO. 14.  PLACENTIA, THE OLD PALACE AT GREENWICH.]
+
+======================================================================
+
+Those were stirring times.  Often sailors came home with wonderful
+tales to tell; and thus, in September, 1580, a ship, called the
+_Pelican_, sailed into Plymouth Sound, and all England rang with the
+news of her coming, for she was Admiral Drake's ship.  Nearly three
+years before he and his sailors had left England in her; they had
+fought the Spanish, they had taken great treasure, money and jewels,
+and they had sailed round the world.  Now they were safe home again.
+Do you wonder that the Queen wanted to see the ship which had made such
+a voyage?  She told Drake to bring the _Pelican_ round to Deptford,
+which is very near Greenwich; and she went on board and took part in a
+great feast which was given in her honour; and she knighted Drake on
+the deck of his own ship.  How proud Englishmen were of him!  One of
+them said the _Pelican_ ought to be hoisted up to the top of the tower
+of St. Paul's Cathedral, to take the place of the spire which had been
+destroyed by lightning some time before.  Was not this a mad plan?  Of
+course, it was never carried out.  For many a year the old ship lay in
+Deptford {50} Dockyard just as the Victory lies now in Portsmouth
+Harbour; and people used to visit her, and even have supper on board
+her.  When she was very old she was broken up; out of some of her
+timbers a chair was made and presented to Oxford University.
+
+Do you remember what happened in 1588?  This was the year of the
+Invincible Armada, when England had to prepare ships and sailors and
+soldiers to protect herself from the Spanish.  What help did London
+give?  She was asked for fifteen ships and five thousand men.  "Give us
+two days," said her citizens, "to consider what we can do"; and in two
+days they answered, "We will send thirty ships and ten thousand men to
+serve our country."
+
+London, then, had certainly plenty of ships; and many a sea-captain
+besides Frobisher sailed down the river past Placentia on his way to
+some far-off port; for London merchants were eager to trade with all
+parts of the world; and after the defeat of the Spanish Armada they
+knew that the wide ocean, east and west, lay open before them.  No
+Spaniard now could forbid English ships to sail on any sea.
+
+Drake had seen for himself and had brought home word of the spices and
+great wealth of the East Indies.  But they were very far off, and the
+cost of fitting out ships for so long a voyage was very great; great,
+too, were the dangers these ships would have to face--dangers of sea
+and storm, of savage people and an unknown land; could any one merchant
+risk so much?  The Lord Mayor called together some London merchants to
+consider this question, and they answered, "The losses which would ruin
+one would hardly be felt if {51} borne by many; let us, then, form a
+company to trade with the East."  Thus began the East India Company;
+its birthday was the very last day of the sixteenth century.  It had at
+first only four ships and less than five hundred men; before it came to
+an end, two hundred and fifty-eight years later, it was ruling nearly
+all India.
+
+I have another story to tell you which began nearly twenty years before
+the East India Company's birthday.  In December, 1581, a young man came
+to Placentia, bringing letters to the Queen from her soldiers in
+Ireland, where there had been war and great trouble.  He was carefully
+dressed and wore a new plush cloak, for this was, I think, his first
+visit to Court, and the Queen loved to see everyone about her well and
+beautifully dressed.  Perhaps he had only just arrived; perhaps the
+Queen had been out in her barge and was coming up from the riverside to
+her palace; however it may have been, she came to a very muddy place in
+the road, which is not at all surprising, since in December there is
+often a great deal of rain.  The Queen looked at the puddles and
+stopped, and the young man sprang forward, swept his plush cloak from
+his shoulders and spread it over the mud for her to step on that so she
+might pass on without soiling her shoes.  I feel sure you know the
+young man's name--it was Walter Raleigh.  Is it any wonder that he
+became a great favourite with the Queen?  An old story says that soon
+after this he wrote with a diamond on the glass of a window in the
+palace:--
+
+  "Fain would I climb, yet fear to fall."
+
+
+{52}
+
+And the Queen saw it, and wrote beneath it:--
+
+  "If thy heart fail thee, climb not at all."
+
+
+His heart did not fail him; he became captain of her Guard, and he rose
+higher and higher in her service.
+
+Raleigh was the first Englishman to think how splendid it would be if
+some of his countrymen would go to America and make homes for
+themselves there, and so build up a greater England beyond the seas.
+He sent out ships to explore, and twice he sent out men to settle in
+the new land.  Some the Indians killed; some found the work of building
+houses and clearing away the forests far harder than they had expected;
+and the Indians often attacked them, and food was sometimes so scarce
+they almost died of hunger.  Do you wonder they lost heart and came
+back to England?  Thus it seemed that Raleigh's plan quite failed; but
+it did not really, for about twenty years later, a company, like the
+East India Company, was formed, called the Virginia Company.  It sent
+out some settlers who sailed from London in the year 1606, and they did
+what Raleigh's men had failed to do--built themselves homes, and
+cleared and tilled the land.  Thus began the British Dominions beyond
+the Seas.
+
+One thing Raleigh did which must not be forgotten.  The men he sent to
+explore in America saw potatoes and tobacco growing there, and learnt
+from the Indians how to use them.  When they came home they showed
+Raleigh the plants they had brought back with them.  He tried smoking
+tobacco, and I {53} think he must have liked it very much, for he used
+to give his friends pipes with silver bowls and teach them how to
+smoke.  And he planted potatoes in the garden of a house he had in
+Ireland; his were the very first Irish potatoes.  A few years later
+both potatoes and tobacco were growing in the garden of one of those
+fine houses in the Strand of which I have told you; people thought them
+very rare and curious plants.
+
+Eight years before the great Queen died, Raleigh went himself to South
+America, and sailed far up the River Orinoco.  He found a fertile land
+and friendly Indians, who told him wonderful stories of the great "city
+of Manoa" which was (so they said,) rich beyond the dreams of man; El
+Dorado, the Golden City, the Spanish called it.  Raleigh never forgot
+these stories; more than twenty years later they helped to bring him
+back to America.
+
+When Elizabeth died and James I. came to the throne he fell into
+disgrace, for some people said he had plotted against the King; so he
+was tried, found guilty, and condemned to death.  But he was not
+killed; year after year he was kept a prisoner in the Tower of London.
+How did he pass his days there? was he very dull and sad?  I think not.
+Part of the time his wife and son lived with him; he was very much
+interested in the new science of chemistry, and he worked at it and
+tried experiments in his cell; he began to write a wonderful History of
+the World; and I think he thought and dreamed much about Manoa, his
+Golden City, and the riches which lay hidden in South America.  The
+Spanish said these riches were {54} all theirs; but Raleigh did not
+believe this, and he thought Englishmen could so easily get possession
+of some of them.  After many years he tried to persuade King James to
+let him cross the Atlantic and sail up the Orinoco to find a gold-mine
+he had heard of there; he said if only he might go and open it up, it
+would bring great wealth to the King.  Had he another hope, I wonder,
+hidden away in his heart, of which he did not speak--that he might also
+search for and find his Golden City?  However this may be, he certainly
+tried to persuade the King, and he succeeded, for James said, "Yes, you
+may go," though he well knew that Raleigh could not go to South America
+and bring home gold without offending the Spanish, and England was then
+at peace with Spain.  So Raleigh sailed away.  After fifteen months he
+came home with a sad tale to tell;--everything had gone wrong, the
+Spanish had killed many of his men, and he had found no gold.  James
+sent him back to the Tower; and four months later, in the year 1618, he
+was beheaded, because (so he was told,) he had once plotted against the
+King.  Thus died the last of the great men of Queen Elizabeth's Court
+who had done so much for England.
+
+How different London is now from the London of Queen Elizabeth's reign!
+Old St. Paul's and its high tower,--I will tell you in the next story
+what became of them.  The Globe Theatre, too, has quite disappeared.
+Busy shops have taken the places of the beautiful old houses in the
+Strand; nothing now reminds us of them except the names of some of the
+streets which turn off it; and Somerset House, the great building where
+{55} now some of the business of the nation is carried on, is so called
+because it stands on the place where the Duke of Somerset, who lived in
+Edward VI.'s reign, began to build a palace for himself.
+
+If you go down the river to Greenwich, will you see Queen Elizabeth's
+pleasant palace?  Ah, no.  Sixty years after she died it was so out of
+repair that Charles II. ordered it to be pulled down and a new one
+built in its place.  This new palace was not finished until William and
+Mary's reign.  Then there was a great war with France, and the Queen
+begged the King to finish the palace and to turn it into a hospital for
+sailors who had been wounded or crippled in one of the great
+sea-fights.  So it came to pass that, instead of Placentia, we now have
+Greenwich Palace; you will find a picture of it facing p. 48.
+
+Perhaps you are thinking, "At any rate the Tower has not changed, and
+London still has a Lord Mayor."  But even the Tower has changed, for in
+Queen Elizabeth's time it was a royal palace as well as a prison.  She
+did not use it often; perhaps she did not like it, for she had been a
+prisoner there herself when her sister Mary was Queen.  Now our Kings
+never live there; and prisoners are not kept there; and for more than a
+hundred and fifty years no one has been beheaded there.  I must tell
+you of one other change, for I am sure it will interest all children.
+In Queen Elizabeth's reign, if you had gone to see the Tower, you would
+have been shown also the lions and other wild animals which, from very
+early times, had been kept there in dens near the part which is called,
+after them, the Lion Tower.  Now you must go to the Zoological Gardens
+{56} to see wild animals; there are none in the Tower; they were all
+sent away to the Zoo not long before Queen Victoria began to reign.
+
+======================================================================
+
+[Illustration: NO. 15.  THE FIRE OF LONDON]
+
+From the Fresco by Stanhope A. Forbes, R.A., in the Royal Exchange
+
+_By permission of the Artist and the Sun Insurance Office_
+
+_See page_ 61
+
+======================================================================
+
+As for the Lord Mayor, he is still the first magistrate of London, and
+he still takes the leading place in all London's affairs, just as he
+did in Queen Elizabeth's reign.  No, his work and duties have not
+changed, except that, as London has grown greater and more important,
+they have grown greater and more important also.
+
+
+
+
+{57}
+
+VII.
+
+ST. PAUL'S CATHEDRAL
+
+The Cathedral of the City of London is called St. Paul's.  In the
+picture beside this page you can see its great dome and golden cross,
+the top of which is nearly as many feet above the ground as there are
+days in the year.  For more than thirteen hundred years God has been
+worshipped on the spot where St. Paul's now stands; before that, many
+people think, a Roman temple stood there; and before that, again,
+perhaps the ancient Londoners worshipped there the God Lud, of whom I
+have told you; since that time the number of the years has grown from
+hundreds to thousands.
+
+======================================================================
+
+[Illustration: NO. 16.  ST. PAUL'S FROM THE RIVER]
+
+======================================================================
+
+Let us fancy what this country was like more than thirteen hundred
+years ago.  The English had conquered it and given it their name and
+language.  The Christian Faith, which the Britons had learnt while the
+Romans were ruling them, had been almost quite forgotten except in the
+western part of the land; for in the east very many of the English had
+settled, and they were heathen.  Do you remember that Pope Gregory the
+Great, when he was still just a simple priest, had seen some English
+children in the slave-market at Rome, and thought they were fair as
+angels?  He never forgot these children, and when he became Pope he
+sent his friend, Augustine, and some priests to England to teach its
+people the Christian Faith.  {58} These missionaries landed in Kent and
+were kindly received by its King, Ethelbert, whose wife, Bertha, was
+already a Christian.  In time he was baptized; and the old historian
+Bede tells us that he "builded in the Citie of London St. Paules
+Church"; and its first Bishop was that Mellitus to whom the fisherman
+Edric brought the message that St. Peter had consecrated his own abbey
+on Thorney.
+
+In time Ethelbert died, and Mellitus was made Archbishop of Canterbury;
+then the men of London became heathen again.  There is a curious old
+tale about this, and though it is just a story, not real history, I
+will tell it to you.  Do you remember that the monks said Sebert, King
+of the East Saxons, rebuilt St. Peter's Abbey?  Do you not think, then,
+that he must have cared enough about the Christian Faith to teach it to
+his sons?  Yet after his death they went back to the old Faith.  It
+chanced that one day, when Mellitus was holding the solemn service of
+the Mass, they broke open the door of the church, rushed in and ordered
+him to give them "white bread" such as he used to give their father;
+they meant the Bread used in the Mass.  How could Mellitus give it to
+men who did not believe the Faith in which such Bread is a holy thing?
+He refused, and in their anger they turned him out of London; and, as I
+said, the Londoners went back to their old religion.  Truly it took a
+long time and much teaching to make them really Christians.
+
+Near the end of the seventh century we hear of another Bishop of
+London, called Erkenwald.  He did much to make St. Paul's beautiful and
+splendid.  {59} And he cared for his people too,--the men, women and
+children, who lived scattered about in the wild forests which then lay
+round London; and in order that he might visit, help and teach them, he
+used to drive in a cart from place to place over rough roads, and often
+where there were no roads.  He was so good that people said he was a
+saint; and so when he died and his body was buried in St. Paul's, his
+grave there was greatly honoured,--it was even said that miracles were
+worked there.  Is it there still?  Ah, no; it was destroyed long ago,
+as you shall hear presently.  Yet London ought not to forget this old
+Bishop since it is said that one of her streets is called after him,
+for in his days it seems that the old Roman walls had fallen into
+ruins, and it is said that Erkenwald built a new city-gate ever since
+called, after him, Bishopsgate.  If you look at a map which shows the
+streets of London, you will find Bishopsgate and Bishopsgate Street
+near Liverpool Street Station.  This story shows us that Erkenwald was
+a good citizen as well as a good Bishop.
+
+The years passed on; the Normans came and conquered England; and now we
+have come to real history.
+
+Near the end of William I.'s reign, St. Paul's was burnt down, and the
+Bishop of London of that day began to build in its place a cathedral so
+grand and large that men thought it would never be finished, "it was to
+them so wonderful for height, length, and breadth."  Yet little by
+little it grew until--but not for more than two hundred and twenty-five
+years--it stood complete with its great steeple, {60} the highest in
+Europe, towering up 520 feet into the air.  This is the Cathedral to
+which in later days Queen Elizabeth came to return thanks to God for
+the defeat of the Spanish Armada.  Here Sir Philip Sidney was buried.
+Perhaps you remember that, as he lay dying on a battlefield in the
+Netherlands, someone brought him a drink of cold water which seemed to
+him the most delicious thing in all the world, so thirsty was he
+because of his wounds.  Then he saw a poor soldier looking at it with
+longing eyes, and he would not drink it, "for," he said, "his need is
+greater than mine; give it to him."
+
+In the days of Oliver Cromwell the poor Cathedral was used as a barrack
+for soldiers and as a stable for their horses.  There is now in the
+British Museum a printed paper ordering the soldiers not to play
+nine-pins and other games there between nine o'clock at night and six
+in the morning, because their noise and shouts while they played
+greatly disturbed the people who lived near the churchyard.  Long
+before this the great steeple had been struck by lightning and burnt
+down, and the whole Cathedral had fallen out of repair; thus, when
+Cromwell died and Charles II. became King, there was much talk as to
+what was to be done for it.
+
+[Illustration: OLD ST. PAUL'S.  Burnt down in 1666.]
+
+The summer of the year 1666--the year after the Great Plague--was very
+hot; an east wind blew for weeks together, so the old crowded wooden
+houses of the City must have been as dry as tinder, when, on September
+2, a fire broke out in a baker's shop in Pudding Lane.  At first, I
+suppose, the neighbours watched it and thought it just such a fire as
+they had {61} seen many a time before; but how could they have felt
+when it spread from house to house, and leapt from street to street?
+when days passed and still it spread?  Some people ran about like
+distracted creatures, not even trying to save their possessions; others
+fled away to the fields outside the City, carrying with them all they
+could.  Imagine them huddling under the hedges for shelter and looking
+back at the crimson sky, for an old writer tell us "all the sky was of
+a fiery aspect like the top of a burning oven, and the light" was "seen
+above forty miles round about for many nights."  The melting lead of
+the roof of St. Paul's ran "down the streets in a stream, and the {62}
+very pavements were glowing with a fiery redness, so as no horse or man
+was able to tread on them."
+
+Five days the fire raged.  When at last it died out, London lay in
+ruins; 400 streets, 89 churches and 4 of the city-gates had been burnt,
+besides the Cathedral, and in it the shrine of St. Erkenwald.  Has any
+city, I wonder, ever suffered so great a loss?  Were the Londoners sad
+and miserable when they looked at the ruins?  For a time, perhaps, they
+were; but soon they set themselves to build a new London with wider
+streets and houses made of stone, which would not burn so easily; and
+the man who advised and helped them most to do this was Sir Christopher
+Wren.  He drew the plans for, and saw to the rebuilding of, many of the
+city churches, and above all of the Cathedral.  Look again at its
+picture facing page 57.  The first of its stones was laid in June,
+1675, and the last and highest in 1710; but it is not finished even
+yet; month by month the work goes on.  If you go into it, you will see
+men busy covering its great walls and pillars with beautiful rich
+colours.
+
+Wren lived to be a very old man.  Towards the end of his life he used
+to come to London once a year to sit for awhile under the great dome
+which he had planned and built, for he loved it, and I think it was to
+him not only a beautiful, but also a solemn and a holy thing.  When he
+died his body was buried in the Cathedral; his name and what he did are
+written over the north door, and also some Latin words which mean,
+"Reader, if thou seekest his monument, look around."
+
+St. Paul's has taken part in our life as a nation ever {63} since.
+Here some of our greatest men are buried.  Nelson and Wellington both
+lie here, and so do some other great British sailors and soldiers, some
+also of our statesmen and painters; and monuments have been put up here
+in memory of others whose graves are far away.  Here Queen Victoria
+came in 1897 to return thanks to God for her long reign; and here every
+day, and especially on Sundays and on all great national occasions,
+solemn services of prayer and supplication, or of praise and
+thanksgiving, are held.
+
+
+
+
+BILLING AND SONS, LTD., PRINTERS, GUILDFORD
+
+
+
+
+Black's Historical Series,
+
+By E. L. HOSKYN, B.A.
+
+PICTURES OF BRITISH HISTORY
+
+MORE PICTURES OF BRITISH HISTORY.
+
+Each containing 60 Illustrations, of which 32 are in colour.
+
+Crown 4to.  Price 1/6 each.  Bound in cloth.
+
+
+"More Pictures of British History" is a series of stories arranged so
+as to follow after and enlarge the survey of history given in "Pictures
+of British History."  The same methods have been followed in both
+hooks, but whereas "Pictures of British History" deals mainly with men
+of action, the new one treats chiefly of those whose thoughts and
+ideals have made history.  It is hoped that this has been done simply
+and vividly enough to bring the stories well within the grasp and to
+arouse the interest of children of nine or ten years of age.
+
+
+
+By M. W. KEATINGE, M.A., and N. L. FRAZER, M.A.
+
+A HISTORY OF ENGLAND FOR SCHOOLS.
+
+WITH DOCUMENTS, PROBLEMS, AND EXERCISES.
+
+Price 5/-; or in Two Parts, price 2/6 each.
+
+PART I., B.C. 55 TO A.D. 1603.
+
+PART II., A.D. 1603 TO PRESENT DAY.
+
+"A gallant and successful effort to solve a difficult problem and to
+introduce a real and great improvement into the teaching of
+history."--_Times_.
+
+The "Documents, with Problems and Exercises" are also published
+separately under the title of
+
+DOCUMENTS OF BRITISH HISTORY.
+
+In one Volume, Large Crown 8vo., cloth, price 3/6; or in six Sections,
+Limp Cloth, price 8d. each.
+
+
+  Section   I.--A.D. 78-1216     |   Section  IV.--A.D. 1603-1715
+     "     II.--A.D. 1216-1399   |      "      V.--A.D. 1715-1815
+     "    III.--A.D. 1399-1603   |      "     VI.--A.D. 1815-1900
+
+The last-named Section does not appear in "A History of England for
+Schools."
+
+A. & C. BLACK, 4, 5 & 6 SOHO SQUARE, LONDON, W.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Stories of London, by E. L. Hoskyn
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK STORIES OF LONDON ***
+
+***** This file should be named 33613-8.txt or 33613-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/3/3/6/1/33613/
+
+Produced by Al Haines
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/33613-8.zip b/33613-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a66f34c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/33613-8.zip
diff --git a/33613-h.zip b/33613-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b3d3ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/33613-h.zip
diff --git a/33613-h/33613-h.htm b/33613-h/33613-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b4a339
--- /dev/null
+++ b/33613-h/33613-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,2997 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+
+<TITLE>
+The Project Gutenberg E-text of Stories of London, by E. L. Hoskyn
+</TITLE>
+
+<STYLE TYPE="text/css">
+BODY { color: Black;
+       background: White;
+       margin-right: 10%;
+       margin-left: 10%;
+       font-family: "Times New Roman", serif;
+       text-align: justify }
+
+P {text-indent: 4% }
+
+P.noindent {text-indent: 0% }
+
+P.poem {text-indent: 0%;
+        margin-left: 10%; }
+
+P.letter {text-indent: 0%;
+          margin-left: 10% ;
+          margin-right: 10% }
+
+P.footnote {text-indent: 0% ;
+            font-size: 80%;
+            margin-left: 10% ;
+            margin-right: 10% }
+
+P.transnote {text-indent: 0% ;
+             margin-left: 0% ;
+             margin-right: 0% }
+
+P.intro {font-size: 90% ;
+         text-indent: -5% ;
+         margin-left: 5% ;
+         margin-right: 0% }
+
+P.finis { font-size: larger ;
+          text-align: center ;
+          text-indent: 0% ;
+          margin-left: 0% ;
+          margin-right: 0% }
+
+H4.h4center { margin-left: 0;
+              margin-right: 0 ;
+              margin-bottom: .5% ;
+              margin-top: 0;
+              float: none ;
+              clear: both ;
+              text-align: center  }
+
+IMG.imgcenter { margin-left: auto;
+                margin-bottom: 0;
+                margin-top: 1%;
+                margin-right: auto; }
+
+.pagenum { position: absolute;
+           left: 1%;
+           font-size: 95%;
+           text-align: left;
+           text-indent: 0;
+           font-style: normal;
+           font-weight: normal;
+           font-variant: normal; }
+
+</STYLE>
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Stories of London, by E. L. Hoskyn
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Stories of London
+
+Author: E. L. Hoskyn
+
+Release Date: September 3, 2010 [EBook #33613]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK STORIES OF LONDON ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Al Haines
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+<BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="img-cover"></A>
+<CENTER>
+<IMG CLASS="imgcenter" SRC="images/img-cover.jpg" ALT="Cover art" BORDER="" WIDTH="392" HEIGHT="575">
+</CENTER>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="img-front"></A>
+<CENTER>
+<IMG CLASS="imgcenter" SRC="images/img-front.jpg" ALT="NO. 1.  AN OLD RIVER-WALL OR EMBANKMENT (CHELSEA) <I>See page</I> 9" BORDER="2" WIDTH="542" HEIGHT="764">
+<H4 CLASS="h4center" STYLE="width: 542px">
+NO. 1.  AN OLD RIVER-WALL OR EMBANKMENT (CHELSEA) <I>See page</I> <A HREF="#P9">9</A>
+</H4>
+</CENTER>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<H2 ALIGN="center">
+STORIES OF
+</H2>
+
+<H1 ALIGN="center">
+LONDON
+</H1>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+BY
+</H4>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+E. L. HOSKYN, B.A. (LOND.)
+</H3>
+
+<H5 ALIGN="center">
+AUTHOR OF "PICTURES OF BRITISH HISTORY," ETC.
+</H5>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+WITH A PREFACE BY
+</H4>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+SOPHIE BRYANT, D.Sc., LITT.D.
+</H3>
+
+<BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="img-title"></A>
+<CENTER>
+<IMG CLASS="imgcenter" SRC="images/img-title.jpg" ALT="Title page logo" BORDER="" WIDTH="178" HEIGHT="172">
+</CENTER>
+
+<BR><BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+LONDON
+<BR>
+ADAM AND CHARLES BLACK
+<BR>
+1914
+</H4>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P3"></A>3}</SPAN>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+PREFACE
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+There are many kinds of ignorance which, for lack of time and
+opportunity, we may rightly tolerate in ourselves.  Ignorance of the
+stories that cling around and beautify the home-place is not one of
+these.  A place, indeed, is not a home unless human life has woven a
+thread of story through and through it.  Happy are those who dwell as
+children in a place well clad with racy memories and legendary lore.
+The city-home of the London child is just such a place.  Here we have a
+city with an old old history losing itself in the mists of time, and
+preserving itself in the memorials of its ancient sites and the tales
+that grow like ivy round its odd place-names.  Of all this the careless
+city-dweller takes no note, but the London child should be a different
+kind of being.  London stories are racy of London; they reflect its
+life in every age; and the London child is heir to them all.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The stories of London in this little book are interesting to everybody,
+whether young or old; they cannot fail to be so, because London is
+interesting, more or less, to everybody in the world.  But the book is
+written more particularly for the children of London, so that they may
+not be careless city-dwellers, as so many are, but may grow up into
+real citizens of this great London, loving their old city in all its
+nooks and corners for its own dear sake, feeling it in all the twists
+and turns of its varied history, as if their life and its life were
+bound up in one.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+But this is not all that the study of London's stories may
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P4"></A>4}</SPAN>
+do for
+the London child.  The natural beginning of interest in
+history&mdash;including the literature that collects around it&mdash;arises out
+of interest in the story of the place in which we live.  We walk about
+the place and picture the events of which we read as happening within
+it.  The place is transfigured, is filled with life; and the story is
+transfigured too as seen against the background to which it really
+belongs.  In the case of London, moreover, there is a good deal of
+useful work for the imagination to do in sufficiently restoring that
+background to its primitive simplicity.  So the London child who knows
+the London stories thoroughly&mdash;so thoroughly as to be able to see them
+in their real setting, as they happened in that city by the river on
+the marshes in the olden time&mdash;has learnt to know how every other
+story, including the history proper of any other town or country,
+should be known.  Thus, the study of the home story is for each of us
+the true beginning of our education in that exercise of historical
+imagination on which our appreciation of history largely depends.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+It is hoped that these <I>Stories of London</I> will be specially
+interesting to the London child, but not to him alone.  The story of
+London is central in the story of England, and appeals to the interest
+of every English-speaking child.
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="noindent">
+SOPHIE BRYANT.
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P5"></A>5}</SPAN>
+
+<H2 ALIGN="center">
+CONTENTS
+</H2>
+
+<TABLE ALIGN="center" WIDTH="80%">
+
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">I.&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top">
+<A HREF="#chap01">SOME VERY OLD STORIES</A></TD>
+</TR>
+
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">II.&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top">
+<A HREF="#chap02">WESTMINSTER ABBEY</A></TD>
+</TR>
+
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">III.&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top">
+<A HREF="#chap03">THE CHARTER HOUSE</A></TD>
+</TR>
+
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">IV.&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top">
+<A HREF="#chap04">TWO FAMOUS CHARITIES</A></TD>
+</TR>
+
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">V.&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top">
+<A HREF="#chap05">THE STORY AND THE HISTORY OF DICK WHITTINGTON</A></TD>
+</TR>
+
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">VI.&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top">
+<A HREF="#chap06">WHEN ELIZABETH WAS QUEEN</A></TD>
+</TR>
+
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">VII.&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top">
+<A HREF="#chap07">THE STORY OF ST. PAUL'S</A></TD>
+</TR>
+
+</TABLE>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<H2 ALIGN="center">
+LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
+</H2>
+
+<P CLASS="noindent">
+1. <A HREF="#img-front">AN OLD RIVER-WALL OR EMBANKMENT (CHELSEA)</A> . . . . . . <I>Frontispiece</I>
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="noindent">
+2. <A HREF="#img-007">PART OF THE OLD BUILDINGS OF THE CHARTER HOUSE SCHOOL,<BR>
+ITS CHAPEL AND PLAYGROUND</A>
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="noindent">
+3. <A HREF="#img-008">WESTMINSTER ABBEY, THE TOMB OF EDWARD THE CONFESSOR</A>
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="noindent">
+4. <A HREF="#img-009">THE FIRST CORONATION IN THE ABBEY</A>
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="noindent">
+5. <A HREF="#img-016">A ROOM IN THE TOWER WHERE STATE PRISONERS WERE LODGED</A>
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="noindent">
+6. <A HREF="#img-017">SIR THOMAS MORE AND HIS DAUGHTER WATCH THE CARTHUSIAN<BR>
+PRIORS GOING AWAY TO DIE</A>
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="noindent">
+7. <A HREF="#img-024">OLD PENSIONERS AND SCHOOLBOYS IN THE CHARTER HOUSE CHAPEL</A>
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="noindent">
+8. <A HREF="#img-025">ST. BARTHOLOMEW'S CHURCH BEFORE IT WAS RESTORED</A>
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="noindent">
+9. <A HREF="#img-032">AN EXCITING GAME; OLD CHRIST'S HOSPITAL, LONDON</A>
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="noindent">
+10. <A HREF="#img-033">ENTRANCES OF THE OLD CHRIST'S HOSPITAL AND OF CHRIST'S
+CHURCH, LONDON</A>
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="noindent">
+11. <A HREF="#img-040">AN ARCH OF LONDON BRIDGE, TOWER BRIDGE IN THE DISTANCE</A>
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="noindent">
+12. <A HREF="#img-041">WHITTINGTON SETTING THE KING FREE FROM HIS GREAT DEBT</A>
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="noindent">
+13. <A HREF="#img-048">GREENWICH AS IT IS NOW</A>
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="noindent">
+14. <A HREF="#img-049">PLACENTIA, THE OLD PALACE AT GREENWICH</A>
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="noindent">
+15. <A HREF="#img-056">THE FIRE OF LONDON</A>
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="noindent">
+16. <A HREF="#img-057">ST. PAUL'S FROM THE RIVER</A>
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<P CLASS="noindent">
+<I><A HREF="#img-011">Sketch map of Norman London</A></I>
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="noindent">
+<I><A HREF="#img-061">Old St Paul's</A></I>
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P6"></A>6}</SPAN>
+
+<HR>
+
+<BR>
+
+<A NAME="img-007"></A>
+<CENTER>
+<IMG CLASS="imgcenter" SRC="images/img-007.jpg" ALT="NO. 2.  PART OF THE BUILDINGS OF THE OLD CHARTER HOUSE SCHOOL, ITS CHAPEL AND PLAYGROUND.  (See p. 28)" BORDER="2" WIDTH="718" HEIGHT="534">
+<H4 CLASS="h4center" STYLE="width: 718px">
+NO. 2.  PART OF THE BUILDINGS OF THE OLD CHARTER HOUSE SCHOOL, ITS CHAPEL AND PLAYGROUND.  (<A HREF="#P28">See p. 28</A>)
+</H4>
+</CENTER>
+
+<BR>
+
+<HR>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap01"></A>
+
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P7"></A>7}</SPAN>
+
+<H2 ALIGN="center">
+STORIES OF LONDON
+</H2>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+I.
+</H3>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+SOME VERY OLD STORIES
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+The first story of London should tell who built it, and when, and why.
+But London is old, very old; it began before its builders had even
+thought of making books, and so its earliest history is written in the
+ground on which it stands, in its hills and valleys, its rivers and
+river-beds; and this is a kind of history which, if only we know how to
+read it, always tells the truth.  Perhaps you are saying to yourself,
+"There is only one river in London, and that is the Thames; and there
+are no hills,&mdash;London is flat; and as for the ground, who has seen the
+real ground on which London stands?  Is it not all built over, or paved
+with wood or stones or cement?  How, then, can we learn anything from
+it?"  Sometimes old worn-out buildings have to be pulled down to their
+very foundations so that new houses may be put in their places, or a
+tube-railway or a tunnel has to be made, or gas-pipes or electric wires
+have to be laid under the roads;&mdash;have you not seen navvies digging
+deep into the earth to do all these things?  Then the secret things
+hidden in the ground are brought to light, and they teach us something
+of the very old history of the land.
+</P>
+
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P8"></A>8}</SPAN>
+
+<P>
+Perhaps you know that the Hampstead and Highgate Hills lie four or five
+miles north of the Thames; and at about the same distance south of it
+are other hills, on one of which the Crystal Palace stands.  Though we
+call the land between these hills the Thames Valley, it is not flat;
+and long ago, before London was built in it, it was much more uneven
+than it is now; for the more level roads are the easier it is for heavy
+carriages and carts to be pulled along them, so hollows have been
+filled up and hillocks cut down to make the ground as flat as possible.
+Even now, as you ride on the top of an omnibus through the long
+straight road called Oxford Street, if you watch carefully you may
+notice the rise and fall of the land,&mdash;a little hill, then a little
+valley, and so on.  Once through each of these valleys a stream ran
+down to the Thames.  Where are they now?  Some of them are
+underground&mdash;arched over, built over, buried in the dark, out of sight.
+Look at the <A HREF="#img-011">map</A> on p. 11; there you will find one of these rivers,
+which ran from the Highgate Woods southward to the Thames.  It was
+called the Fleet, and has given its name to Fleet Street.
+</P>
+
+<HR>
+
+<BR>
+
+<A NAME="img-008"></A>
+<CENTER>
+<IMG CLASS="imgcenter" SRC="images/img-008.jpg" ALT="NO. 3.  IN WESTMINSTER ABBEY: THE TOMB OF EDWARD THE CONFESSOR WITH ITS VELVET COVERING <I>See pages</I> 17 <I>and</I> 22" BORDER="2" WIDTH="557" HEIGHT="817">
+<H4 CLASS="h4center" STYLE="width: 557px">
+NO. 3.  IN WESTMINSTER ABBEY: THE TOMB OF EDWARD THE CONFESSOR WITH ITS VELVET COVERING <I>See pages</I> <A HREF="#P17">17</A> <I>and</I> <A HREF="#P22">22</A>
+</H4>
+</CENTER>
+
+<BR>
+
+<HR>
+
+<P>
+There were also some low hills quite close to the north bank of the
+river.  Let us fancy that we have gone back through the ages, many
+hundreds of years before ever the Romans came to this country, and that
+we are standing&mdash;you and I&mdash;facing the river on one of those hills,
+that on which St. Paul's now stands.  What do we see?  To our right,
+under its steep clay bank, so high it is almost a cliff, the Fleet runs
+on its way to the Thames; to our left is the hill; behind us,
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P9"></A>9}</SPAN>
+all
+the way up to the hills of Hampstead, are tangled forests, and in the
+low ground are wide marshes; and in front is the river.  It is
+low-water; on either side of the stream are great stretches of mud and
+sand, wet marshy places, such as you may have seen at some place by the
+sea where the shore is very flat and the tide goes out very far.
+Beyond the marsh, on the southern shore, I think there is a wide
+shallow lake, for to this day some of the land there is below the level
+of the river at high-water.  As we watch, look! a little rippling wave
+runs over the flats between the sand-banks; the tide has turned,&mdash;how
+fast it rises, how far it spreads!  Before long the wide waste before
+us is covered with grey waters; it has become a great lake or sea.
+Nowadays embankments, such as you see in <A HREF="#img-front">picture 1</A>, keep the river in
+its place; but in the long-ago times of which we are thinking every
+high tide must have spread far and wide over what is now dry land.
+</P>
+
+<HR>
+
+<BR>
+
+<A NAME="img-009"></A>
+<CENTER>
+<IMG CLASS="imgcenter" SRC="images/img-009.jpg" ALT="NO. 4.  THE FIRST CORONATION IN THE ABBEY <I>See page</I> 21" BORDER="2" WIDTH="523" HEIGHT="697">
+<H4 CLASS="h4center" STYLE="width: 523px">
+NO. 4.  THE FIRST CORONATION IN THE ABBEY <I>See page</I> <A HREF="#P21">21</A>
+</H4>
+</CENTER>
+
+<BR>
+
+<HR>
+
+<P>
+Could any people have wished to live in such a watery place?  Yes,
+indeed they did; and under the bed of the Fleet River, near its mouth,
+traces have been found of their homes.  That ancient people must have
+had many enemies,&mdash;other men who fought them, fierce wild animals,
+wolves and other creatures which have not lived in England for hundreds
+and hundreds of years; and to defend themselves that people had such
+poor weapons, perhaps made only of bronze; so they sought for a very
+safe dwelling-place.  Down into the muddy bed of the river they drove
+great wooden posts, such posts as men drive down now into river or sea
+when they are building a pier.  The worn
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P10"></A>10}</SPAN>
+tops of those old timbers
+have been found showing up through the soil where once the Fleet ran;
+and on them once rested a platform of wood on which houses were built.
+Is not this a piece of history written in the soil?  The first men who
+tried to read it understood more easily the meaning of those worn old
+posts because to this day the brown people, who live in one of the
+great islands to the south-east of Asia, build their houses on just
+such platforms out over the water.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+How long did the men of that far-off time live in these strange
+river-dwellings?  That we do not know; it may have been for very many
+years.  At last (so some learned men believe) they built for themselves
+a fort or stronghold on the high land near-by, perhaps where St. Paul's
+now stands, but more likely lower down the river, on the next hill;
+this stronghold may have been the beginning of London.  If, as some
+people think, London means "The Fort of the Waters," or "The Lake
+Fort," was it not well named?
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Up the river to this fort ships may sometimes have come, bringing
+merchants to buy pearls and skins of wild animals and slaves; and to
+pay for them with such things as the fierce Londoners of those days
+would like&mdash;a sharp axe or a gay necklace.
+</P>
+
+<HR>
+
+<BR>
+
+<A NAME="img-011"></A>
+<CENTER>
+<IMG CLASS="imgcenter" SRC="images/img-011.jpg" ALT="LONDON IN THE TIME OF THE NORMANS." BORDER="2" WIDTH="772" HEIGHT="543">
+<H4 CLASS="h4center" STYLE="width: 772px">
+LONDON IN THE TIME OF THE NORMANS.
+</H4>
+</CENTER>
+
+<BR>
+
+<HR>
+
+<P>
+The written history of London does not begin until the Romans had
+conquered and were ruling the land, more than a hundred years after
+their great general, Julius Cæsar, had first come here.  They found
+London only a little group of huts, very likely made of wickerwork
+plastered over with mud, and surrounded by a poor wall and ditch.  How
+much they did for it!  They
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P12"></A>12}</SPAN>
+built round it the great walls which
+you see marked in our little map; so strong were they that parts of
+their foundations and of the walls themselves have been found even of
+late years.  And many other traces of the Romans have been found in
+London&mdash;coins, and weapons, and carvings.  Near the Strand is a bath
+which once, perhaps, belonged to some Roman gentleman's fine house.
+There were many such houses in and about London; and many a time the
+beautiful pavements of these houses, and even the pavements of the old
+Roman streets, have been found in the City down below the present
+streets and houses.  The Romans made great roads which stretched out
+north, south, east, and west, from London; and they built a bridge over
+the Thames.  In those days the people across the English Channel, the
+Gauls and Italians, were far wiser than the wild people of Britain; and
+roads and bridges made it possible for their trade, skill and wisdom to
+come to the people of London.  A flourishing city it became under the
+Roman rule.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The years passed on and evil days befell the Roman Empire; the wild
+fierce northern races attacked it, and the Roman soldiers had to leave
+Britain and go back to defend Italy.  Then there came to this country
+also sad days of war and trouble, for the English came over the North
+Sea, fought and conquered the Britons, and at last settled here.  Then
+came the Danes, and there was more war, more fighting.  During these
+dreadful times we hear little of London.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+At last Alfred became King.  Do you remember how many good things he
+did for England?  One of the best of them was that in the year 886, as
+the
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P13"></A>13}</SPAN>
+ancient Chronicle or history of our country tells us, he built
+London Town,&mdash;that is, he built again her walls and towers, and made
+her once more a strong city.  Thus, with Alfred as her founder and
+protector, her later history begins.  Year by year she grew greater and
+more important, until she became the greatest of all English cities and
+the capital of the land.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+There is another and a very different story of Old London, and this is
+how it begins:&mdash;"Brute, about the yeare of the world 2855 and 1108
+before the nativitie of Christ" (that is, before Christ was born,)
+"builded this city neare unto the riuer (river) now called Thames, and
+named it Troynouant"&mdash;that is, 'New Troy.'  Now, this Brute belonged to
+the very same family as Romulus who built Rome; and he and his
+followers came across the sea to this island, in which then only a few
+giants were living, and he conquered them and took the land, and named
+it Britain after his own name, and his companions he called Britons.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+There were more giants in Cornwall than in any other part of the land.
+One of them was called Goëmagot; he was so strong that he could pull up
+an oak-tree as if it were only a hazel-wand.  Now there was a great
+fight between the Britons and the Cornish giants, and all the giants
+were killed but Goëmagot.  Then he and a famous Briton fought together,
+and all men stood by to watch.  At first it seemed that the giant would
+win for he wounded the Briton sorely; but, wounded as he was, the
+Briton heaved Goëmagot up on his shoulders, ran with him to the shore,
+and flung him headlong into the sea; and (so says the story) the rock
+from which he fell is called "The Giant's Leap" unto
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P14"></A>14}</SPAN>
+this day.
+All this happened near the place where Plymouth now stands.  What has
+it to do with London?  In the Guildhall, which is the Council Hall of
+London, are many statues of great and famous men, and here are also two
+great wooden giants called Gog and Magog; they are the City's giants.
+Once they used to be carried in the Lord Mayor's Show and in
+processions to make the people wonder.  The older giant is said to be
+Goëmagot; the other, the Briton who hurled him headlong into the sea.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Long after Brute died, Belinus became King.  Of all his wonderful
+history I can tell you only this,&mdash;he placed a great building in
+Trinovantum (that is, London,) upon the banks of the Thames, and the
+citizens called it, after his name, Billingsgate.  Over it he built a
+huge tower, and under it a fair haven or quay for ships.  "At last,
+when he had finished his days, his body was burned, and the ashes put
+up in a golden urn, which they placed with wonderful art on the top of
+the tower" which he himself had built.  Have you ever heard of
+Billingsgate?  It is the chief fish-market of London, and its wharf is
+the oldest on the Thames, so old that no one knows when fish were first
+landed and sold there.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Many years after Belinus built his great tower, Lud became King.  He
+"not only repaired this Cittie" (that is, Trinovantum,) "but also
+increased the same with faire buildings, Towers and walles; and after
+his own name called it Caire Lud, as Lud's towne."  And about sixty-six
+years before Christ was born he built a strong gate in the west part of
+the city, and he named it, in his own honour, Ludgate; and when he
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P15"></A>15}</SPAN>
+died his body was buried by this gate.  Turn back to the little <A HREF="#img-011">map</A> of
+London on p. 11; there you will find Ludgate marked.  St. Paul's
+Cathedral stands just to the east of it, on Ludgate Hill.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+These stories were first written down by a Welsh priest called Geoffrey
+of Monmouth, who lived in the days of King Stephen; and long ago
+everyone believed they were true.  Then came a time when people said
+what, perhaps, you are thinking, "These stories are only fairy-tales.
+Who made them up?"  Well, Geoffrey of Monmouth said, in his book
+written nearly 800 years ago, that he had read them in a still older
+book which came out of Brittany.  Who else had read this old book?  No
+one, so Geoffrey said; so people left off believing them; they were put
+aside and forgotten.  Now wise men think that they are really the old
+stories of our nation which have been passed down from father to son,
+and that perhaps the heroes of which they tell are the gods the people
+once worshipped, that Lud was a God of the Waters.  If so, was it not
+very natural that he was worshipped in Old London on the shores of the
+Thames and the Fleet Rivers?
+</P>
+
+<P>
+There is another hero, Bran the Blessed, of whom I must tell you.  He
+too was King of the Isle of the Mighty, as Britain was called.  He was
+so big no ship could contain him for he was like a mountain, and his
+eyes were like two lakes.  In the end of his days he fought with the
+Irish in their own land until only he and seven of his followers were
+left alive, and he was wounded unto death.  And he said to his
+followers, "Very soon I shall die; then cut off my head, and
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P16"></A>16}</SPAN>
+take
+it with you to London, and there bury it in the White Mountain looking
+towards France, and no foreigners shall invade the land while it is
+there."  Much more he told them of the manner of their coming to
+London, and all that he said came true, so that many years passed away
+before in the White Mount, where the Tower now stands, they buried the
+head.  There it lay until Arthur dug it up, for he said, "The strong
+arm should defend the land."  He meant that the men of a nation should
+be its defence.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Arthur himself was proclaimed King in London.  Perhaps you remember the
+old story of the child who was brought up so secretly that, when the
+King, his father, died, no one knew who was now the rightful King or,
+indeed, if there was one.  Then, as Merlin the Magician had advised,
+the Archbishop of Canterbury called on all the great lords of the
+kingdom to come together in London; and there, one day, outside the
+greatest church in the City (was it St. Paul's, I wonder?) they saw a
+great stone with a sword sticking in it; and round about the stone,
+written in letters of gold, were these words:&mdash;"Whoso pulleth out this
+sword of this stone is right wise born King of England."  The great
+lords tried to pull it out, and not one of them could do so; but young
+Arthur, who had come to town with his foster-father and foster-brother,
+pulled it out easily, not because he wanted to show that he was the
+King,&mdash;he does not seem to have known about this,&mdash;but because his
+foster-brother had sent him to fetch a sword and he could get no other.
+Thus, all men knew that he was "right wise born King of England."
+</P>
+
+<HR>
+
+<BR>
+
+<A NAME="img-016"></A>
+<CENTER>
+<IMG CLASS="imgcenter" SRC="images/img-016.jpg" ALT="NO. 5.  A ROOM IN THE TOWER WHERE STATE PRISONERS WERE LODGED." BORDER="2" WIDTH="708" HEIGHT="552">
+<H4 CLASS="h4center" STYLE="width: 708px">
+NO. 5.  A ROOM IN THE TOWER WHERE STATE PRISONERS WERE LODGED.
+</H4>
+</CENTER>
+
+<BR>
+
+<HR>
+
+<BR><BR>
+
+<HR>
+
+<BR>
+
+<A NAME="img-017"></A>
+<CENTER>
+<IMG CLASS="imgcenter" SRC="images/img-017.jpg" ALT="NO. 6.  SIR THOMAS MORE AND HIS DAUGHTER WATCH THE CARTHUSIAN PRIORS GOING AWAY TO DIE.  <I>See page</I> 26" BORDER="2" WIDTH="650" HEIGHT="550">
+<H4 CLASS="h4center" STYLE="width: 650px">
+NO. 6.  SIR THOMAS MORE AND HIS DAUGHTER WATCH THE CARTHUSIAN PRIORS GOING AWAY TO DIE.  <I>See page</I> <A HREF="#P26">26</A>
+</H4>
+</CENTER>
+
+<BR>
+
+<HR>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap02"></A>
+
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P17"></A>17}</SPAN>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+II.
+</H3>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+THE STORY OF WESTMINSTER ABBEY
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+Turn to the picture facing <A HREF="#img-008">p. 8</A>.  If you have ever been in London, I
+think you will know that this is a picture of part of Westminster
+Abbey.  Even if you have never seen the Abbey, perhaps you know that it
+is a very old and beautiful church near the River Thames in London.
+Imagine that you are standing near it now, and that you can see its old
+grey walls, and the grass and railings which separate it from the busy
+street with its motors and omnibuses, its carriages and carts.  Now,
+with the roar of the streets in our ears, with the tall London
+buildings all around us, and busy people constantly hurrying past us,
+let us try to fancy what this spot was like in the very early times
+when we first hear of it.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Then the Thames was clear and fresh and full of fish, and many a red
+deer and other wild animal wandered along its banks and drank of its
+waters.  About a mile and a half above London, where the river was wide
+and shallow, one of those little brooks of which I have told you ran
+into it; and here, where the waters of the brook and of the river met,
+was a bank of sandy gravel, which at high tide was an island, so it was
+called Thorney or Thorn Ey&mdash;the Island of Thorns&mdash;for it was all
+overgrown with thorn-bushes.  Very lonely, very quiet, Thorney must
+have been.
+</P>
+
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P18"></A>18}</SPAN>
+
+<P>
+Who first lived there, what kind of a dwelling-place they had, we do
+not really know.  In later days the monks, whose home it then was, said
+that once the temple of a Roman god had stood there, and that when the
+Britons became Christians a good King built in its place a Christian
+church called the Abbey of St. Peter.  Do you remember that, after the
+Romans left Britain, the English, who were still heathen, came over the
+North Sea and conquered the Britons and settled on their lands?  The
+monks said that in those days of war and trouble the little Abbey of
+St. Peter was destroyed.  Early in the seventh century, when the
+English also had learnt the Christian Faith, Sebert, King of the East
+Saxons, rebuilt the little abbey, and when he died he was buried there.
+So said the monks, and to this very day there is a grave in Westminster
+Abbey which is said to be Sebert's.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+There is a strange story told about this ancient church.  It was just
+finished, and the first Bishop of London, Mellitus, was to come on a
+certain Monday to consecrate it&mdash;that is, to set it apart for the
+service of God.  The evening before a man called Edric was fishing in
+the river.  Suddenly, on the southern bank, he saw a bright light; he
+pulled his little boat towards it, and saw standing by the water a
+strange-looking stately man, who pointed towards Thorney and said,
+"Ferry me, I pray thee, across to yonder place"; and Edric did so.  As
+the stranger landed and went to the new church the air was filled with
+heavenly light, the church was "without darkness or shadow," and
+through the light angels came flying from the skies, and with their
+help the stranger held the solemn service of
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P19"></A>19}</SPAN>
+consecration.  All
+this Edric heard and saw.  Do you wonder that he forgot all about his
+fishing?
+</P>
+
+<P>
+When the service was ended and, I suppose, the heavenly light had faded
+away and darkness again covered the place, the stranger came to Edric
+and asked for food.  "Alas!" he answered, "I have none.  I have not
+caught a single fish."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Then said the stranger, "I am Peter, Keeper of the Keys of Heaven.
+When the Bishop comes to-morrow, tell him that I, St. Peter, have
+consecrated my own church of St. Peter.  Go thou out into the river;
+thou wilt catch many a fish, whereof the most part will be salmon.
+This I grant thee if thou wilt promise two things;&mdash;first, that never
+again wilt thou fish on Sunday; and, secondly, that thou wilt give
+one-tenth of thy fish to the Abbey of St. Peter."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Next day King Sebert and the Bishop of London came to Thorney.  There,
+by the new church, with a salmon in his hand, Edric, the fisherman, was
+waiting to tell his story.  Did they believe it?  How could they help
+believing? for he showed them the marks of twelve crosses on the
+church, and the traces of the sacred oil and of the candles which the
+angels had held!  There was nothing left for the Bishop to do but to
+declare that the church had been well and truly consecrated.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+These are the wonderful stories the monks used to tell of their abbey.
+I suppose they loved it so much that they wanted people to think it as
+old and as wonderful as it could possibly be.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+But now we have come to real history which we know to be true.  In 1042
+Edward, called the
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P20"></A>20}</SPAN>
+Confessor, became King of England.  Englishmen
+long remembered him and what he looked like; his hair and beard were
+milky white, and his cheeks were red; he loved hunting and long
+services in church; and his people believed that the touch of his hand
+would heal the sick, and that God spoke to him in dreams and visions.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+His father had been driven out of England by the Danes, and Edward had
+grown up in Normandy; so it came about that he loved the Normans, who
+were more courteous than the rude rough English.  Yet I think he loved
+England too, for we are told that he made a vow to St. Peter that if
+ever he returned there in safety he would make a pilgrimage to the
+saint's grave in Rome.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+He did not keep this vow; his people would not let him, for they said,
+"The journey to Rome is long and dangerous, and our King is very
+precious to us.  We cannot let him go."  But a man, even if he is a
+King, may not break a solemn vow, so Edward asked the Pope what he must
+do, and the Pope answered, "Stay at home and rule thy people; yet, as
+thou hast vowed to make a pilgrimage to Rome, do some other costly
+thing instead.  Build a new church, or rebuild an old one in honour of
+St. Peter."  And King Edward determined to rebuild the little church at
+Thorney, or Westminster as we must now call it; for the thorns had long
+since been cleared away, the sandy bank was no longer an island even at
+high-water, and pleasant meadows lay on either side of the river.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+For fifteen years the work went on; Edward was so interested in it, so
+loved it, that he watched over and
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P21"></A>21}</SPAN>
+cared for every part of it.
+Now at last, at Christmas-time of the year 1065, the east end was
+finished.  How eagerly the King looked forward to its consecration!  It
+was indeed consecrated three days after Christmas, on the Feast of the
+Holy Innocents, but the King was not there; he was very ill, and within
+a few days he died.  The first great service held in the new Abbey was
+his funeral; he was buried before the high Altar.  After this there was
+no peace or happiness in England for many a day.  Edward left no son,
+so the greatest of the English Earls, Earl Harold, was made King.  But
+William, Duke of Normandy, declared that Edward had promised him the
+crown; and he came across the sea, and fought and killed Harold on the
+Sussex Hills at the Battle of Hastings.  Thus the Norman Duke became
+William I., King of England, and he was crowned in Westminster Abbey on
+Christmas Day, 1066.  Inside the church with him were the Norman
+nobles; outside crowded the poor English.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+When he was proclaimed King at the Altar, the English shouted, as was
+their custom, "God save the King!"  The Normans within the Abbey heard
+and wondered.  What could the shouts mean?  Were the English rising
+against them?  Full of fear and anger they rushed out to find
+everything in confusion, the houses ablaze, and their men, who had been
+left outside on guard, killing the poor English.  In the Abbey William
+and the Bishops and monks were left almost alone; and thus, in the
+gloom and darkness of the winter's day, with the sound of tumult and
+fighting ringing in their ears, the Conqueror was
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P22"></A>22}</SPAN>
+crowned.  This
+was the first coronation in the Abbey; facing <A HREF="#img-009">p. 9</A> is a picture of it.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Two hundred years later King Henry III. pulled down Edward the
+Confessor's Abbey, and built in its place the Abbey we still have.  In
+it the Confessor's tomb is behind the altar; for Henry had his body
+reverently moved from its first grave to a chapel which he had
+especially prepared for it.  When you go to the Abbey you will see that
+this chapel is higher than any of the others; some people say the
+reason is that, to do more honour to the Confessor, King Henry sent
+ships to bring earth from the Holy Land, and this sacred earth was
+piled up into a mound behind the high Altar, and on it the Confessor's
+chapel was built.  This is the part of the Abbey shown in <A HREF="#img-008">picture 3</A>;
+turn back and look at it again.  Do you see that the old tomb is
+covered with purple velvet?  Are not the pillars and arches about it
+beautiful?
+</P>
+
+<P>
+I have told you only the beginning of the Abbey's history.  Not only
+are all our Kings crowned there but many of them lie buried there too;
+so also do some of the best and wisest men who have served our country,
+some of our bravest sailors, and of our greatest poets.  Thus it comes
+about that the history of the Abbey is as long as the history of our
+country&mdash;indeed, it <I>is</I> the history of our country.
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap03"></A>
+
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P23"></A>23}</SPAN>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+III.
+</H3>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+THE STORY OF THE CHARTER HOUSE
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+In 1347 Edward III. was besieging Calais; he was at war with France,
+and but the year before had won the great victory of Creçy.  The siege
+lasted a whole year, and then at last the men of Calais could hold out
+no longer, for the French King could not help them and they had no food
+left.  When King Edward heard this he sent to them one of his knights,
+Sir Walter Manny, with this message, "Give yourselves up to me that I
+may do with you what I will."  This was a hard thing to ask, so hard
+that Edward's lords pleaded with him to show mercy; and the King gave
+way and said he would be content if six citizens came to him, barefoot,
+in their shirts, with ropes about their necks, and bearing the city's
+keys.  "On them," he said, "I will do my will."  So the Captain of
+Calais gave up six of the citizens to Sir Walter Manny, and he brought
+them to the King and begged him to spare their lives&mdash;begged, but
+begged in vain.  Then Queen Philippa, Edward's wife, weeping bitterly,
+fell on her knees, and prayed the King for love of our Lord to have
+mercy; and the King's heart was moved to pity, and he answered her,
+"Though I do it against my will&mdash;take them!  I give them to you."  Can
+you not fancy how well she treated them, and how happy she was when she
+sent them home to Calais?
+</P>
+
+<P>
+In those days, outside the walls of London towards
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P24"></A>24}</SPAN>
+the north-west
+was a pleasant land of fields and trees, of streams and clear sweet
+springs, a lonely land with few houses except three great monasteries.
+Here Sir Walter Manny and the Bishop of London of that time founded
+another monastery for twenty-four monks and a Prior or chief monk.  It
+was called the London Charter House, for it was one of several Charter
+Houses which all belonged to the same kind of monks, who all obeyed the
+same rules and wore the same dress, and so they are said to belong to
+the same Order.  This new Charter House stood on land which had been
+given (some by Sir Walter Manny, some by a former Bishop of London,) to
+be used as a burial-ground for people who had died in the great
+sickness, called the Black Death, in the year 1349.
+</P>
+
+<HR>
+
+<BR>
+
+<A NAME="img-024"></A>
+<CENTER>
+<IMG CLASS="imgcenter" SRC="images/img-024.jpg" ALT="NO. 7.  OLD PENSIONERS AND SCHOOLBOYS IN THE CHARTER HOUSE.  <I>See page</I> 28" BORDER="2" WIDTH="527" HEIGHT="718">
+<H4 CLASS="h4center" STYLE="width: 527px">
+NO. 7.  OLD PENSIONERS AND SCHOOLBOYS IN THE CHARTER HOUSE.  <I>See page</I> <A HREF="#P28">28</A>
+</H4>
+</CENTER>
+
+<BR>
+
+<HR>
+
+<P>
+Let us fancy what the life of the monks of the Charter House was like.
+Their day began at an hour when you are sound asleep in bed; at eleven
+o'clock the convent bell rang, and at midnight the monks met in chapel
+for Matins, their first service, which often lasted two hours, or even
+longer, so slowly, so solemnly, did they chant the psalms and prayers.
+When it was over the monks went back to their beds until five o'clock,
+when they rose and went about the business of the day.  What did they
+find to do?  They were busy all day long, for they had to take part in
+the many services of the chapel; and each monk had his own little house
+and garden, called his "cell," where he passed most of his time alone.
+Here he read and prayed; here he worked,&mdash;perhaps at carpentering or
+some such trade, perhaps he copied or wrote books; here he ate his
+solitary meal, the only meal
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P25"></A>25}</SPAN>
+of the day, which might be of eggs,
+fish, fruit and vegetables, but never of meat; sometimes it was of
+bread and water only.  By seven o'clock his day was ended and he was
+asleep in bed.  One of the strictest rules of this Order of monks is
+that they shall be silent except in Chapel.  They only meet together
+twice a week; once when they all dine together, and again on Sundays,
+when they all go for a long walk in company.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+This has been the life of every Carthusian monk (so the Charter House
+monks are called,) ever since the Order was founded in the eleventh
+century; and this was the life of the London Charter House from the
+days of Edward III. until the reign of Henry VIII.  Do you remember
+that he and his Parliament broke the links which bound together the
+Churches of Rome and England?  In 1534 a law was made which said that
+the King, not the Pope, should henceforth be the Head of the English
+Church, and that anyone who would not agree to this was a traitor.
+Some people in England were very glad of this, for there were things in
+the Church which seemed to them altogether wrong; "Now," they thought,
+"these wrong things can be set right."  But other people were very
+sorry; they believed the Pope was indeed Head of the whole Church, that
+God had made him so, and what God had willed man cannot alter.  Amongst
+those who thought so were the monks of the Charter House.
+</P>
+
+<HR>
+
+<BR>
+
+<A NAME="img-025"></A>
+<CENTER>
+<IMG CLASS="imgcenter" SRC="images/img-025.jpg" ALT="NO. 8.  ST. BARTHOLOMEW'S CHURCH BEFORE IT WAS RESTORED. <I>See page</I> 30" BORDER="2" WIDTH="740" HEIGHT="501">
+<H4 CLASS="h4center" STYLE="width: 740px">
+NO. 8.  ST. BARTHOLOMEW'S CHURCH BEFORE IT WAS RESTORED. <I>See page</I> <A HREF="#P30">30</A>
+</H4>
+</CENTER>
+
+<BR>
+
+<HR>
+
+<P>
+It is hard to wait day by day for some dreadful thing which we know is
+surely coming to us, so these were sad days for the monks.  Were they
+frightened, I wonder, when they heard what was going on in the
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P26"></A>26}</SPAN>
+
+world outside their walls, and knew that soon, very soon, they must
+tell the fierce King that for them the Pope was and must always be Head
+of the Church?  What would happen to them?  Did their prayers and
+solemn services strengthen and comfort them then?  Yes, indeed they
+did.  And their Prior, John Houghton, was a brave true man, as men have
+need to be in such times; and not only by his words, but by his deeds,
+he taught his monks to choose rather to die than to give up what they
+believed to be true; for in the spring of the next year he and two
+other Carthusian Priors told Thomas Cromwell, the King's great
+Minister, that they could not change their Faith.  They were sent to
+the Tower, tried as traitors in Westminster Hall, and found guilty.
+Turn to <A HREF="#img-017">picture 6</A>; here you see Sir Thomas More, in this month of May
+himself a prisoner in the Tower for the same reason, watching the three
+Priors and another monk going away to die.  As he watched, More said to
+his daughter, "Lo, dost thou see, Meg, that these blessed fathers be
+now as cheerful going to their deaths as bridegrooms to their
+marriages?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+At Tyburn Tree, where the Marble Arch now stands, John Houghton laid
+down his life for his Faith.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Two sad years followed; then all but ten of the monks yielded to the
+King and promised to "forsake the Bishop of Rome."  These ten were sent
+to Newgate Prison.  There they would very soon have died, for in those
+days life in a prison was a dreadful thing, but they were helped by a
+brave woman, called Margaret Clement, whom Sir Thomas More had brought
+up with his own daughter Margaret.  "Moved
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P27"></A>27}</SPAN>
+with a great compassion
+of those holy Fathers, she dealt with the gaoler ... and withal did win
+him with money that he was content to let her come into the prison to
+them, which she did, attiring and disguising herself as a milkmaid,
+with a great pail upon her head full of meat, wherewith she fed that
+blessed company, putting meat into their mouths, they being tied and
+not able to stir, nor to help themselves."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Soon orders came that the monks were to be kept very strictly, and the
+gaoler could not allow Margaret Clement to visit them; then, one after
+another, all but one died.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+In 1538 the rest of the monks were turned out of the Charter House.
+Sorrowfully they passed out under its great archway, and went their
+different ways to places of safety.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+And was the Charter House left empty to fall into ruins?  No; it became
+the property of first one great lord and then of another.  They altered
+it to meet their needs; the monks' cells disappeared; it became a grand
+mansion.  Queen Elizabeth and James I. both stayed there.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+At last it was sold to Thomas Sutton, a merchant who had made a large
+fortune by mining for coal near Newcastle and selling it in London.  He
+must have been a good old man, for we are told he used often to go into
+his quiet garden to pray, "Lord, Thou hast given me a large and liberal
+estate; give me also a heart to make use thereof."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+He had no children, and when he died, in 1611, he left his great wealth
+to found a free school, and a "hospital" where eighty old
+men&mdash;"soldiers who had
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P28"></A>28}</SPAN>
+borne arms by land or sea, merchants who
+had been ruined by shipwreck or piracy, and servants of the King or
+Queen,"&mdash;could spend their last days in peace.  They are called the
+Charter House Pensioners.  Turn back to <A HREF="#img-024">picture 7</A>; these two old men
+are Pensioners.  At first there were to be but forty boys in the
+school, but the numbers grew larger and larger; and many a great man
+has been educated in the famous Charter House School.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+As the years passed on and London spread beyond its walls, the pleasant
+fields about the Charter House were covered with streets and houses.
+At last, about fifty years ago, the Governors of the school thought it
+would be wise to move it to a more open place; so they built a new
+school at Godalming in Surrey, and the boys moved into it in 1872.
+Into the old buildings they had left came a great day-school, the
+Merchant Taylors', so there are still about 500 boys as well as the old
+pensioners in the London Charter House.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+What a strange history the Charter House has!  What changes it has
+seen!  The convent with its silent monks, the great house with its
+state and royal visitors, the noisy school, the peaceful home of the
+old pensioners,&mdash;the Charter House bears traces of them all.  For here
+are still the courts and cloisters and the chapel of the monks, and the
+stateroom of the great noble; the boys' playground (<A HREF="#img-007">picture 2</A> shows us
+a little bit of it,) is the square round which once stood the monks'
+quiet cells; in the chapel we may see the tomb of the Founder, Sir
+Thomas Sutton; indeed, both the Founders, Sir Thomas Sutton and Sir
+Walter Manny, lie buried there.
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap04"></A>
+
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P29"></A>29}</SPAN>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+IV.
+</H3>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+TWO FAMOUS CHARITIES
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+Turn to <A HREF="#img-025">picture 8</A>; this is the ancient church of St. Bartholomew the
+Great.  In it, on the north side of the altar, is an old old tomb on
+which lies a stone figure in a quaint dress; it is the tomb of Rahere,
+said to be the founder of the church and of the great Hospital of St.
+Bartholomew near-by.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+This is the story of Rahere:&mdash;He was born in France in the reign of
+William the Conqueror.  Early in the twelfth century he was in England,
+and he was often at the Courts of the Red King and of Henry I.  We are
+told that he was "a pleasant-witted gentleman, and therefore in his
+time called the Kinge's Minstrell"; indeed, the old chronicler seems to
+think he led an idle foolish life.  If this is true, he certainly
+repented before long, for he became a pilgrim and made the long and
+difficult journey to Rome to visit there the places where the Apostles
+St. Peter and St. Paul were martyred.  In Rome he fell ill, and when he
+was getting better he vowed he would make a hospital "yn re-creacion
+(that is, re-creation or healing) of poure men."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+And now wonderful things happened.  In a dream or vision Rahere saw the
+Apostle Bartholomew, who said to him such words as these:&mdash;"Build not
+only a
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P30"></A>30}</SPAN>
+hospital but also a church, and build them in Smithfield by
+the City of London."  So Rahere went home, called together the citizens
+of London, and told them what he meant to do.  And they answered, "This
+is a hard thing to compass for Smithfield lieth within the King's
+market."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Rahere then went to King Henry I. and told him his story, and the King
+gave him the land he needed,&mdash;such land! wet and marshy, "moorish
+land," an old writer says, "heretofore a common," where the Londoners
+used to fling out the rubbish and dirt of their city.  On this land, in
+the year 1123, Rahere began to build his hospital, which he called
+after the Apostle who had appeared to him; and later, as that Apostle
+had bidden him, he built a Priory; the church you see in <A HREF="#img-025">picture 8</A> is
+part of its church.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Who helped Rahere to do all this?  The citizens of London.  We are told
+that he gathered together a crowd of people by pretending to be mad,
+and then he made them work; they drained the wet marshy soil, they
+carried great stones, they laboured hard.  Thus the hospital was built.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Rahere was its first master.  A friend of his, called Alfune, "went
+himselfe dayly to the Shambles and other markets, where he begged the
+charity of devout people for their" (that is, the poor sick people's)
+"reliefe."  Now, the charity he asked for was food for them to eat.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Rahere's last years were quietly spent in his own Priory, where he died
+in the year 1144.  This is his story, but it was first written down
+when writers loved rather to tell wonderful things about great men
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P31"></A>31}</SPAN>
+than to seek out the exact truth about them.  Now some people think he
+did not found the hospital, but both hospital and church are far older
+than his day; and that the Priory was built for the monks who managed
+the hospital.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+However this may be, the monks of the Priory certainly had great
+privileges; one of them was that every year, at the Festival of St.
+Bartholomew, for three days they might hold a fair in the "smooth
+field" or Smithfield.  Have you ever been to a country fair, and seen
+its funny little stalls of sweets and chinaware and its quaint shows?
+If you have, you must know that most English fairs are not at all
+important nowadays; but in the times of which I am writing most of the
+buying and selling in England was done at them.  And so the old writer,
+Stow, tells us that to St. Bartholomew's Fair "the Clothiers of all
+England and Drapers of London repayred and had their boothes and
+standings within the churchyard of this priorie, closed in with walles,
+and gates locked every night, and watched for safetie of men's goodes
+and wares"&mdash;so rich and valuable was its merchandise.  Year by year it
+was held until 1855; then it was done away with, for serious buying and
+selling were no longer carried on at such fairs, and "Bartlemy Fair,"
+as it was called, was now famous only for its shows of wild beasts,
+dwarfs and giants, for its ox roasted whole, and for its scenes of wild
+merry-making.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+For four hundred years the monks of St. Bartholomew's tended the poor
+people of London.  Then came the days when Henry VIII. broke up the
+monasteries; in 1539 he turned the monks out of the Priory and closed
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P32"></A>32}</SPAN>
+the hospital.  Presently I will tell you what afterwards happened
+to it.
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<P>
+For the beginning of our second charity we must go far away from London
+to the little town of Assisi in Italy.  There, on a spring day of the
+year 1209, a young man kneeling in a little church heard the priest
+reading the Gospel for the day:&mdash;"As ye go, preach, saying, 'The
+Kingdom of Heaven is at hand.'  Heal the sick, cleanse the lepers....
+Provide neither silver nor gold nor brass in your purses, neither scrip
+nor two coats, nor shoes nor staff."  The young man felt as though
+Christ Himself was speaking to him.  "From henceforth," he said, "I
+shall set myself with all my might to live thus."
+</P>
+
+<HR>
+
+<BR>
+
+<A NAME="img-032"></A>
+<CENTER>
+<IMG CLASS="imgcenter" SRC="images/img-032.jpg" ALT="NO. 9.  AN EXCITING GAME: OLD CHRIST'S HOSPITAL, LONDON" BORDER="2" WIDTH="723" HEIGHT="526">
+<H4 CLASS="h4center" STYLE="width: 723px">
+NO. 9.  AN EXCITING GAME: OLD CHRIST'S HOSPITAL, LONDON
+</H4>
+</CENTER>
+
+<BR>
+
+<HR>
+
+<P>
+If you had asked the people of Assisi about him, they would have
+answered you in some such words as these, "Yonder man?  He is Francis,
+the spendthrift son of the cloth-merchant, Pietro Bernardone.  He to
+make such a vow! he, the idle companion of the foolish young nobles of
+Assisi, the waster of his father's wealth!  It is true he has changed
+of late, but his new way of life pleases his father not at all, for he
+has given away all he possessed, and says he has taken Poverty as his
+bride.  He visits the lepers, and labours to repair some of the poor
+churches of the town."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Yet Francis kept his vow.  Dressed in a simple grey gown, he went in
+and out amongst the poorest of the people, preaching to them and
+tending the sick.  In return they could give him but a scanty meal or a
+night's lodging; money he would not take; it was, he
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P33"></A>33}</SPAN>
+said, of no
+use to him.  And wherever he was, whatever he was doing, no matter what
+hardships he had to bear&mdash;and he had many&mdash;he was always full of
+happiness.
+</P>
+
+<HR>
+
+<BR>
+
+<A NAME="img-033"></A>
+<CENTER>
+<IMG CLASS="imgcenter" SRC="images/img-033.jpg" ALT="NO. 10.  ENTRANCES OF THE OLD CHRIST'S HOSPITAL AND OF CHRIST CHURCH, LONDON" BORDER="2" WIDTH="512" HEIGHT="782">
+<H4 CLASS="h4center" STYLE="width: 512px">
+NO. 10.  ENTRANCES OF THE OLD CHRIST'S HOSPITAL AND OF CHRIST CHURCH, LONDON
+</H4>
+</CENTER>
+
+<BR>
+
+<HR>
+
+<P>
+In those hard cruel days men thought little of pain and suffering; but
+Francis had love and sympathy, not only for men, but for animals and
+for all things.  In one of his poems he calls the moon his sister, and
+the sun his brother; and he gives thanks for "our sister water, who is
+very serviceable unto us and humble and precious and clean," and for
+"our brother fire; he is bright and pleasant and very mighty and
+strong."  We hear of him preaching to the birds, and bidding them be
+thankful for their feather-clothes and wings.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Soon other men joined themselves to him to live and teach as he did,
+and they were called Franciscans, the Monks of St. Francis; and
+sometimes the Grey Friars, because, like St. Francis, they wore grey
+gowns; and they are also called the Begging Friars, because they too
+had taken Poverty for their bride, and might own neither houses nor
+lands; even food they must earn by the labour of their own hands, or
+kindly people must give it to them.  All their time, all their thoughts
+must be given to helping the poor, the sick, and the wretched; and
+where they were, there the Friars must go, so they made their homes
+chiefly in the towns; and at first, while they kept the rules of St.
+Francis very strictly, even these homes did not really belong to them.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+In 1224 nine Franciscans came to England&mdash;the very first to come here.
+Four of them went straight
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P34"></A>34}</SPAN>
+to London.  There the poorer people
+lived on the marshy land near the Thames, huddled together in huts
+built of mud and wattle; and in such homes there must have been plenty
+of sickness and misery.  For a short time the four Grey Friars lived on
+Cornhill.  Perhaps they thought they had no right to live in so
+pleasant a place when there was such great misery down by the river;
+certainly, soon so many people came about them that this first home was
+too small for them.  Now, a London citizen had some property "in
+Stynkyng Lane and in the parish of St. Nicholas Shambles."  Do you know
+what shambles are?  In them animals are killed for food; they cannot be
+nice places to live in.  This property the citizen gave to the Friars,
+and there they made their new home.  By their good deeds they must very
+quickly have won the respect of the Londoners, for some gave them more
+lands, and others helped in building a church and monastery for them.
+This monastery was close to the place where the London General Post
+Office now stands.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+In those days the monasteries did most of the work which is now done by
+schools, libraries, hospitals, hotels, and workhouses; no doubt the
+Franciscans did their full share of it in London.  But as the years
+passed on and the first monks died, the younger men who took their
+places became less strict in keeping the rules of St. Francis; many
+people gave money and lands to the Order, and it became rich and great,
+and changed very much.  Before a hundred years had passed away, in
+place of their first church, a new one had been built for them, one of
+the grandest in the
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P35"></A>35}</SPAN>
+land; its floor and pillars were all of
+marble.  St. Francis told his followers that they needed no books but a
+Prayer-Book; before long the Grey Friars not only had books, but two
+hundred years after they settled in London Richard Whittington gave
+them a library.  They no longer gave all their time to caring for the
+poor and wretched, for we hear of some of them teaching at Oxford and
+Cambridge; indeed, one of the most learned men of the age, Roger Bacon,
+was a Grey Friar.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Thus the years passed on until Henry VIII. became King.  Do you
+remember how he treated the monks of the Charter House?  I have no such
+story to tell you of the Grey Friars, for they gave up to the King
+their monastery and all they possessed when he called on them to do so.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Were the monks missed?  Who did the work they had once done?  At first
+much of it was left quite undone.  Here is a little bit of a letter
+which the Lord Mayor of London, Sir Richard Gresham, wrote to the King,
+in 1538, on this very subject:&mdash;Someone, he says, must come to the
+"ayde and comfort of the poor, syke [sick], blynde, aged and impotent
+persons beyng not able to help themselffs, nor havyng no place certen
+where they may be refreshed or lodged at, tyll they be holpen and cured
+of their diseases and sickness."  And he goes on to ask that three
+ancient hospitals may be given over to the Mayor and Aldermen of the
+City to carry on once more their old work.  King Henry thought this was
+a wise plan, and in 1546 he gave to London Rahere's old hospital, St.
+Bartholomew's, and the Grey Friars' monastery.
+</P>
+
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P36"></A>36}</SPAN>
+
+<P>
+Nothing more seems to have been done for five years.  Yet the poor
+needed help greatly; and under Henry's son, Edward VI., we hear of
+sermons being preached, of the King, the Bishop of London, and the
+Mayor consulting together and making a new plan&mdash;that the house of the
+Grey Friars should be set aside as a hospital or home for "fatherless
+children and other poore mens children," where they should be fed,
+clothed, taught, and properly looked after.  Thus Edward VI. is often
+spoken of as the chief founder of the new charity, but I think Henry
+VIII. and Sir Richard Gresham had more to do with it; don't you?  Yet
+it was the City's charity, and the citizens provided the money needed
+for it.  Before the next winter set in nearly 400 boys and girls were
+lodged in the old Grey Friars; the next Christmas Day (1552), the
+children, 340 in number, "all in one livery of russet cotton," lined
+the road as the Lord Mayor and Aldermen passed in procession to St.
+Paul's Cathedral.  "The next Easter they were in blew [blue] at the
+Spittle [hospital], and so have continued ever since"; and from these
+"blew" clothes the school has taken one of its names&mdash;the Blue-Coat
+School.  Its other name is Christ's Hospital.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Hundreds of boys have worn the long blue gown and yellow stockings, and
+some of them have become famous men.  I will tell you the name of only
+one of these, Charles Lamb; for he has written about the school as he
+knew it, and perhaps you have read Lamb's "Tales from Shakespeare"; he
+and his sister Mary wrote them.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Facing page 32 is a picture of <A HREF="#img-032">Blue-Coat boys></A>, with
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P37"></A>37}</SPAN>
+their gowns
+tucked up, playing football.  Until a short time ago, people in the
+busy street called Holborn could look through the bars which separated
+the playground from it, and watch the boys at play.  They can do this
+no longer, for the old buildings have been pulled down, and part of the
+ground they stood on has been bought for the General Post Office; and
+in the year 1902 the school, like the Charter House School, moved away
+into the country, to Horsham.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+From the beginning it was meant for girls as well as boys; old papers
+about it always speak, not of the <I>boys</I>, but of the "<I>children</I> of
+this House."  Boys and girls seem to have lived there, to have dined
+together in Hall, and even at one time to have shared a classroom for
+writing-lessons; part of the girls' work was to learn to make their own
+and the boys' clothes.  They too wore a quaint dress with white caps
+and wide collars, but they gave it up long ago; and long ago, in 1778,
+they left London; their school is at Hertford.  It has never been as
+famous as the boys' school.
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<P>
+Now I must tell you a little about King Henry's other gift to London,
+St. Bartholomew's Hospital.  It is now one of the largest of the London
+hospitals, and has become very famous as a school where young men are
+taught and trained to be doctors; perhaps your doctor was once a
+student there.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+A great part of the Priory church was pulled down as soon as it fell
+into the hands of Henry VIII., and for many years the rest of it was
+neglected and allowed to fall almost into ruins.  Even in the
+nineteenth
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P38"></A>38}</SPAN>
+century, stables, coach-houses, and store-rooms stood
+where once were the monks' old cloisters.  In one part of the church
+was a blacksmith's forge, a fringe factory had taken possession of
+another, and in still another the boys of the parish school did their
+lessons.  Now all this has been changed.  For more than fifty years
+much care, thought and money have been spent in restoring the building
+and in getting rid of stables, forge, factory, and school; and now
+Londoners have every reason to be proud of their beautiful old church.
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap05"></A>
+
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P39"></A>39}</SPAN>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+V.
+</H3>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+THE STORY AND HISTORY OF DICK WHITTINGTON
+</H4>
+
+<P CLASS="poem" STYLE="margin-left: 10%">
+"Turn again, Whittington,<BR>
+Lord Mayor of London!"<BR>
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<P>
+Bow bells sang these words on All-Hallows Day many years ago, and on
+Highgate Hill a boy stood listening to them.  If I ask you who the boy
+was, I am sure you will answer, "Dick Whittington."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The story of Dick Whittington can be told in two very different ways:
+there is, first, the old tale which long ago men told their children,
+and these children told their children.  Thus it was passed on from
+father to son, and we do not know that it was ever written down until
+the days of James I., nearly two hundred years after Whittington died.
+Of course, everyone who told this tale wanted to make it as interesting
+as possible, so little bits were added to it, and it gradually grew
+more and more wonderful.  It is not surprising, then, that learned men
+have not been satisfied with it, and they have searched the Chronicles
+and Records of London to find out what they tell us of Richard
+Whittington, and thus a second story has been made.  Now I will tell
+you first the older story.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Dick Whittington was born in the West of England.  While he was still
+only a little boy his father and mother died, and left him so poor that
+he had no home, and was thankful to do even the hardest work
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P40"></A>40}</SPAN>
+for
+just his bare food.  One day someone told him that the streets of
+London were paved with gold.  "Can it be true?" he thought to himself.
+"Is there so much gold in London that it is trodden underfoot?  Then it
+is my own fault if I starve here in the West Country, for am I not big
+enough and brave enough to tramp all the way up to London?  Who could
+prevent me from picking up some of that gold which surely no one needs,
+or they would not pave the streets with it?  And I need it so much!
+Courage, Dick Whittington; off with you to London!"  So off he set, and
+tramped all the weary way to the great city.
+</P>
+
+<HR>
+
+<BR>
+
+<A NAME="img-040"></A>
+<CENTER>
+<IMG CLASS="imgcenter" SRC="images/img-040.jpg" ALT="NO. 11.  AN ARCH OF LONDON BRIDGE; TOWER BRIDGE IN THE DISTANCE." BORDER="2" WIDTH="771" HEIGHT="568">
+<H4 CLASS="h4center" STYLE="width: 771px">
+NO. 11.  AN ARCH OF LONDON BRIDGE; TOWER BRIDGE IN THE DISTANCE.
+</H4>
+</CENTER>
+
+<BR>
+
+<HR>
+
+<P>
+When he reached it, up and down its streets he went,&mdash;streets far
+narrower than those of to-day, and darkened by the overshadowing
+houses, for often each of their stories stood out a little beyond the
+story below.  Very dirty we should have thought those streets, for
+people often threw out into them their rubbish and refuse.  And what of
+the gold?  Dick saw none.  At last, utterly wearied out, utterly
+disappointed, so weak from hunger that he could hardly stand, he sank
+down to rest on the doorstep of one of the houses.  Now the story says
+that presently the cook of this house caught sight of him sitting
+there.  She was a bad-tempered woman.  She flung open the door and
+scolded Dick well for an idle fellow, and bade him be off.  Dick begged
+her to give him work so that he might earn some food, but she would not
+listen to him, and only scolded the more; and while this was going on
+up came the master of the house, a rich merchant, whose name was Hugh
+Fitzwarren.  He asked the meaning of all these angry words, and
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P41"></A>41}</SPAN>
+he
+too was vexed to see a boy sitting idly on his doorstep, and bade him
+go to his work.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Ah," said Dick, "I have no work, and I have had nothing to eat for
+three days.  I am a poor country lad, and here no one knows me, no one
+will help me."  And he rose up to wander away again, but he was so
+tired, so weak, he could hardly stand.  The merchant saw this, and said
+to the cook, "Take him in; feed him well, and set him to work to help
+thee in thy kitchen."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Now, she was, as I said, a bad-tempered woman.  Her master's orders she
+must and did obey, but if Dick now had work and food and a
+resting-place, he had also many a sharp word, many a sour look, many a
+cruel blow.  Though he worked hard he could not please her.  Indeed, in
+all the household&mdash;and it was a large one&mdash;the only person who was
+friendly to him was the merchant's little daughter, Mistress Alice, who
+not only spoke kindly to him herself, but tried to make his
+fellow-servants treat him better.
+</P>
+
+<HR>
+
+<BR>
+
+<A NAME="img-041"></A>
+<CENTER>
+<IMG CLASS="imgcenter" SRC="images/img-041.jpg" ALT="NO. 12.  WHITTINGTON SETTING THE KING FREE FROM THE GREAT DEBT." BORDER="2" WIDTH="697" HEIGHT="505">
+<H4 CLASS="h4center" STYLE="width: 697px">
+NO. 12.  WHITTINGTON SETTING THE KING FREE FROM THE GREAT DEBT.
+</H4>
+</CENTER>
+
+<BR>
+
+<HR>
+
+<P>
+Dick slept in a garret which was overrun with rats and mice; they were
+so bold that they even crept about over him when he was in bed, and
+prevented him sleeping.  What could he do about this?  In all the world
+he had but one penny; how he came by this penny I do not know, but I
+feel sure he earned it by doing some extra work.  With it he bought a
+cat and took her up to his garret, and there she lived and made war on
+the rats and mice.  Henceforth Dick slept in peace.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Whenever the merchant, Hugh Fitzwarren, sent a ship to trade with
+foreign countries, he allowed each
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P42"></A>42}</SPAN>
+of his servants to have some
+little share in her; each might send out in her some silk or cloth, or
+even a very little thing, whatever he had or could afford to buy; and
+the money for which this thing was sold was the servant's own.  This
+the merchant did that "so God might give him greater blessing."  Thus
+it came about that one day Dick was called with all the other servants,
+and each was asked what he would send out in the good ship <I>Unicorn</I>,
+which was now ready for sea.  When it came to Dick's turn, he said, "I
+have nought to send."  "Think again," said his master; "hast thou no
+little thing thou canst spare?  Hast thou nought to venture?"  "Nought,
+nought," answered Dick, "except my cat, and thou wilt not take her."
+"Nay, why not?" said the merchant.  "Send thy cat by all means."  So,
+though his fellow-servants laughed and mocked, Dick's cat was sent on
+board the <I>Unicorn</I>.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Now he was lonely indeed; so lonely that the cook's angry words and
+cross tempers were harder to bear than ever, and Dick made up his mind
+to run away.  Very early one morning&mdash;it was the Feast of
+All-Hallows&mdash;while his fellow-servants were still fast asleep, he
+slipped out of Master Fitzwarren's house and made his way northward out
+of London.  On Highgate Hill he sat down to rest.  Hark! what was that
+he heard?  Now the wind brought the sound to him more clearly; now it
+died away again.  It was the chime of Bow bells, and this is what it
+said to him:&mdash;
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="poem">
+"Turn again, Whittington,<BR>
+Lord Mayor of London!"<BR>
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P43"></A>43}</SPAN>
+
+<P>
+Lord Mayor of London!  Was he to be Lord Mayor?  If so, must he not
+work faithfully, and, if need be, endure hardships&mdash;yes, even such
+little hardships as the cruel words and blows of the bad-tempered cook?
+Up he jumped, and hurried back so fast that he reached Master
+Fitzwarren's house before the cook had missed him.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The <I>Unicorn</I> had sailed to the Barbary Coast of Africa.  The King of
+this country was rich and great, yet he was most miserable and
+uncomfortable, for his kingdom simply swarmed with rats and mice.  They
+were everywhere, even in the beds and on the King's table, where they
+ate the food which had been prepared for him.  When the men of the
+<I>Unicorn</I> came to the Court to show the King the goods their ship had
+brought, fancy how surprised they were to see rats and mice here,
+there, and everywhere!  "That cat we have on board," said they, "would
+soon stop this."  "Then let the cat be sent for at once!" cried the
+King.  So Dick's cat was brought, and now in the palace, as once in
+Dick's garret, she made fierce war on the rats and mice, and before
+long she had driven them all away.  The King was so delighted that he
+bought the cat for ten times more money than he paid for all the
+<I>Unicorn's</I> rich merchandise.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+When the ship came home, here was fine news for Dick,&mdash;no more
+kitchen-work for him; he was a rich man now.  He became a merchant like
+his master, Hugh Fitzwarren, and by-and-by he married Mistress Alice;
+and, as Bow bells had promised him, he was made Mayor of London, not
+once, but three times.  He was a good Londoner and a good Englishman,
+for
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P44"></A>44}</SPAN>
+the story says that when King Henry V. came home after he had
+conquered France, Whittington entertained him at a great banquet.  Look
+at the picture of this which faces <A HREF="#img-040">page 41</A>; near the table a fire is
+burning, and Whittington is just going to throw something into it.  How
+eagerly everyone is watching him, and well they may; for before the
+King went to France he had borrowed great sums of money from the City
+and its merchants to pay the cost of his wars, and now Whittington is
+flinging into the fire the papers in which the King had promised to pay
+back 37,000 crowns&mdash;that is, £60,000 in our money.  Thus he set the
+King free from his debt, or, in other words, gave him all this money.
+Was not this a princely gift for the great merchant to give the great
+King?
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Now I must tell you what the Chronicles and Records of London tell us
+about Richard Whittington.  He was indeed born in the West of England,
+but he belonged to a good family.  We do not know why and when he came
+to the City.  In those days it was certainly no disgrace for the
+younger sons of good families to be London merchants; for the City was
+great and prosperous, able to raise large sums of money to help the
+King in his wars; and we read that at a council held at the Guildhall
+about this very matter, to which came the Archbishop of Canterbury and
+the King's brothers, the Lord Mayor was given the seat of honour above
+them all, so greatly was he respected because he was London's chief
+officer.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+All the workmen, according to their trades, had to belong to companies
+called "guilds."  Each guild had its own officers and made its own
+rules for looking
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P45"></A>45}</SPAN>
+after its members; and it had to see not only
+that these members knew how to do their work, but also that they did it
+properly and charged a fair price for it.  We may still read the rules
+about all this made by the Guilds of the Blacksmiths, the Plumbers, the
+Glovers, and many others.  Truly, the merchants and workmen of London
+were honourable and upright, and turned out good honest work.  No
+wonder, then, that Richard Whittington became a London merchant.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+He was a mercer&mdash;that is, he sold cloth and silk and velvet and such
+things; and so we hear of him providing velvet for the servants of that
+Earl of Derby who afterwards became King Henry IV.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Whittington became a great man in the City, was Alderman and Sheriff,
+and from June, 1397, until November, 1399, he was Mayor.  Mayor for a
+year and five months?  Are not Mayors appointed every year in October?
+and do they not rule only for one year, from November to November?
+Yes, but the Mayor chosen in October 1396 died during his year of
+office, and the King, Richard II., appointed Whittington to take his
+place; and at the year's end the Aldermen chose him to be Mayor again
+for the next year.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+He was still carrying on his business, and when Henry IV. became King,
+and the Princesses, his daughters, were to be married, Whittington sold
+to them the cloth of gold and other things necessary for their
+weddings.  He often lent great sums of money to Henry IV., and in later
+days to his son, Henry V., and in the reign of this King he was Mayor
+twice.  He died in the year 1423; on his gravestone were carved some
+Latin words which mean that he was the
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P46"></A>46}</SPAN>
+Flower of Merchants.  His
+wife's name was certainly Alice Fitzwarren, but she was the daughter of
+a Dorsetshire Knight.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+So you see the real Richard Whittington was a very great and rich
+merchant.  But many another has been as rich and great, yet no stories
+are told of them; what makes Whittington different from all others?
+</P>
+
+<P>
+First of all, he was Lord Mayor three times, or, rather, may we not say
+three and a half times?  And then he was very wise and generous; he
+gave, as I have already told you, a library to the Grey Friars; and he
+arranged that after his death a great deal of his money should be used
+to help London.  His friends, who had to see to this, knew that good
+water is one of the things most necessary for a great city, so they
+arched over a spring to keep it clean and sweet, and they placed
+"drinking-bosses," or taps, in the conduits or channels and pipes which
+brought the water from country springs and streams into London.
+Newgate Prison was "feble, over-litel, and so contagious of eyre [air]
+yat [that] hit caused the deth of many men," so Whittington's money was
+used to rebuild it.  It was also used to repair St. Thomas's Hospital,
+and to make a new hospital or almshouse where always thirteen old men
+should live, who were to pray for Dick Whittington's soul, and the
+souls of his father and mother and wife.  These almshouses are no
+longer in the City; they have been moved out to Highgate, and stand not
+far from the stone which marks the place where Whittington heard the
+chime of Bow bells; and through them Dick Whittington's wealth is still
+doing good to the poor of London.
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap06"></A>
+
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P47"></A>47}</SPAN>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+VI.
+</H3>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+WHEN ELIZABETH WAS QUEEN
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+In the reign of Henry VI., Humphrey, Duke of Gloucester, the King's
+uncle, built himself a palace at Greenwich, and he called it
+"Placentia" or "Plaisance," which means a pleasant thing or place.
+(Turn over this page and the next, and you will find a <A HREF="#img-049">picture</A> of it.)
+I think the Tudor Kings really found it a pleasant place, for they
+lived there a great deal; here Henry VIII. and his daughters, Mary and
+Elizabeth, were born, and here Edward VI. died.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+In those days the road we now call the Strand led from the City to the
+village of Charing Cross; and all along it stood great and beautiful
+houses with gardens which stretched down to the river.  Each house,
+most likely, had its water-gate or landing-place, where the master of
+the house and his guests could step on board their barges, which might
+take them up the river to Westminster and the royal palace near
+Richmond, or down to London and beyond it to Greenwich; for in those
+days the river was London's greatest and most stately highway.  Very
+stately were the barges, very gay, too, with flags and the fine
+liveries of servants; and very often people on the banks or in little
+boats near-by heard music sounding from their decks as they moved
+swiftly along.  How beautiful, how stately, must Queen Elizabeth's
+barge have been, when at her Coronation she came by water to the Abbey!
+</P>
+
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P48"></A>48}</SPAN>
+
+<P>
+She often stayed in her palace called Plaisance; how grandly she lived
+there!  One who saw her there tells of the "gentlemen, barons, earls,
+Knights of the Garter, all richly-dressed and bareheaded," who went
+before her; one of them carried the sceptre, another the sword of
+state.  The ladies of her Court followed her, and she was guarded on
+each side by fifty gentlemen who carried gilt battle-axes.  She was
+herself magnificently dressed, and "wherever she turned her face as she
+passed along, everybody fell down on their knees."
+</P>
+
+<HR>
+
+<BR>
+
+<A NAME="img-048"></A>
+<CENTER>
+<IMG CLASS="imgcenter" SRC="images/img-048.jpg" ALT="NO. 13.  GREENWICH AS IT IS NOW." BORDER="2" WIDTH="738" HEIGHT="518">
+<H4 CLASS="h4center" STYLE="width: 738px">
+NO. 13.  GREENWICH AS IT IS NOW.
+</H4>
+</CENTER>
+
+<BR>
+
+<HR>
+
+<P>
+Sometimes, when she wanted to be amused, plays were acted in the great
+hall of the palace, and she sat in her chair of state with her ladies
+about her and looked on.  I wonder if any of these plays were written
+by Shakespeare?  Perhaps they were; it is even possible that
+Shakespeare himself may have acted before her, for he had come to
+London from his country home two years before the Spanish Armada sailed
+up the English Channel to conquer England; and during the last five
+years of her reign, whenever Elizabeth went up the river in her barge,
+she passed the round wooden theatre, called the Globe, where his plays
+were acted, for it was in Southwark on the south bank.  There is no
+sign of it now; a great brewery has been built over the place where
+once it stood.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+These were the days when English sailors fought the Spanish on the high
+seas, because they claimed all the New World as their own and strove to
+keep everyone else out of it.  From the windows or the terrace of her
+palace did the Queen ever watch ships sailing down the river to take
+part in this struggle, or in another,&mdash;a struggle with winds and waves,
+ice and
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P49"></A>49}</SPAN>
+snow, as the sailors tried to explore the unknown coasts
+of America?  Once at least we know she did, for Admiral Frobisher's two
+little ships fired a salute to her as they dropped down the river.  He
+was going to search for gold and for the North-West Passage round the
+north of America to the Pacific.  He found no passage and no gold
+though he went again and yet again to the cold North.  How often
+Englishmen searched for that passage; how hard they found it to believe
+that there is no way for ships through those icy seas!
+</P>
+
+<HR>
+
+<BR>
+
+<A NAME="img-049"></A>
+<CENTER>
+<IMG CLASS="imgcenter" SRC="images/img-049.jpg" ALT="NO. 14.  PLACENTIA, THE OLD PALACE AT GREENWICH." BORDER="2" WIDTH="762" HEIGHT="502">
+<H4 CLASS="h4center" STYLE="width: 762px">
+NO. 14.  PLACENTIA, THE OLD PALACE AT GREENWICH.
+</H4>
+</CENTER>
+
+<BR>
+
+<HR>
+
+<P>
+Those were stirring times.  Often sailors came home with wonderful
+tales to tell; and thus, in September, 1580, a ship, called the
+<I>Pelican</I>, sailed into Plymouth Sound, and all England rang with the
+news of her coming, for she was Admiral Drake's ship.  Nearly three
+years before he and his sailors had left England in her; they had
+fought the Spanish, they had taken great treasure, money and jewels,
+and they had sailed round the world.  Now they were safe home again.
+Do you wonder that the Queen wanted to see the ship which had made such
+a voyage?  She told Drake to bring the <I>Pelican</I> round to Deptford,
+which is very near Greenwich; and she went on board and took part in a
+great feast which was given in her honour; and she knighted Drake on
+the deck of his own ship.  How proud Englishmen were of him!  One of
+them said the <I>Pelican</I> ought to be hoisted up to the top of the tower
+of St. Paul's Cathedral, to take the place of the spire which had been
+destroyed by lightning some time before.  Was not this a mad plan?  Of
+course, it was never carried out.  For many a year the old ship lay in
+Deptford
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P50"></A>50}</SPAN>
+Dockyard just as the Victory lies now in Portsmouth
+Harbour; and people used to visit her, and even have supper on board
+her.  When she was very old she was broken up; out of some of her
+timbers a chair was made and presented to Oxford University.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Do you remember what happened in 1588?  This was the year of the
+Invincible Armada, when England had to prepare ships and sailors and
+soldiers to protect herself from the Spanish.  What help did London
+give?  She was asked for fifteen ships and five thousand men.  "Give us
+two days," said her citizens, "to consider what we can do"; and in two
+days they answered, "We will send thirty ships and ten thousand men to
+serve our country."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+London, then, had certainly plenty of ships; and many a sea-captain
+besides Frobisher sailed down the river past Placentia on his way to
+some far-off port; for London merchants were eager to trade with all
+parts of the world; and after the defeat of the Spanish Armada they
+knew that the wide ocean, east and west, lay open before them.  No
+Spaniard now could forbid English ships to sail on any sea.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Drake had seen for himself and had brought home word of the spices and
+great wealth of the East Indies.  But they were very far off, and the
+cost of fitting out ships for so long a voyage was very great; great,
+too, were the dangers these ships would have to face&mdash;dangers of sea
+and storm, of savage people and an unknown land; could any one merchant
+risk so much?  The Lord Mayor called together some London merchants to
+consider this question, and they answered, "The losses which would ruin
+one would hardly be felt if
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P51"></A>51}</SPAN>
+borne by many; let us, then, form a
+company to trade with the East."  Thus began the East India Company;
+its birthday was the very last day of the sixteenth century.  It had at
+first only four ships and less than five hundred men; before it came to
+an end, two hundred and fifty-eight years later, it was ruling nearly
+all India.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+I have another story to tell you which began nearly twenty years before
+the East India Company's birthday.  In December, 1581, a young man came
+to Placentia, bringing letters to the Queen from her soldiers in
+Ireland, where there had been war and great trouble.  He was carefully
+dressed and wore a new plush cloak, for this was, I think, his first
+visit to Court, and the Queen loved to see everyone about her well and
+beautifully dressed.  Perhaps he had only just arrived; perhaps the
+Queen had been out in her barge and was coming up from the riverside to
+her palace; however it may have been, she came to a very muddy place in
+the road, which is not at all surprising, since in December there is
+often a great deal of rain.  The Queen looked at the puddles and
+stopped, and the young man sprang forward, swept his plush cloak from
+his shoulders and spread it over the mud for her to step on that so she
+might pass on without soiling her shoes.  I feel sure you know the
+young man's name&mdash;it was Walter Raleigh.  Is it any wonder that he
+became a great favourite with the Queen?  An old story says that soon
+after this he wrote with a diamond on the glass of a window in the
+palace:&mdash;
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="poem">
+"Fain would I climb, yet fear to fall."<BR>
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P52"></A>52}</SPAN>
+
+<P CLASS="noindent">
+And the Queen saw it, and wrote beneath it:&mdash;
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="poem">
+"If thy heart fail thee, climb not at all."<BR>
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+<P>
+His heart did not fail him; he became captain of her Guard, and he rose
+higher and higher in her service.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Raleigh was the first Englishman to think how splendid it would be if
+some of his countrymen would go to America and make homes for
+themselves there, and so build up a greater England beyond the seas.
+He sent out ships to explore, and twice he sent out men to settle in
+the new land.  Some the Indians killed; some found the work of building
+houses and clearing away the forests far harder than they had expected;
+and the Indians often attacked them, and food was sometimes so scarce
+they almost died of hunger.  Do you wonder they lost heart and came
+back to England?  Thus it seemed that Raleigh's plan quite failed; but
+it did not really, for about twenty years later, a company, like the
+East India Company, was formed, called the Virginia Company.  It sent
+out some settlers who sailed from London in the year 1606, and they did
+what Raleigh's men had failed to do&mdash;built themselves homes, and
+cleared and tilled the land.  Thus began the British Dominions beyond
+the Seas.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+One thing Raleigh did which must not be forgotten.  The men he sent to
+explore in America saw potatoes and tobacco growing there, and learnt
+from the Indians how to use them.  When they came home they showed
+Raleigh the plants they had brought back with them.  He tried smoking
+tobacco, and I
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P53"></A>53}</SPAN>
+think he must have liked it very much, for he used
+to give his friends pipes with silver bowls and teach them how to
+smoke.  And he planted potatoes in the garden of a house he had in
+Ireland; his were the very first Irish potatoes.  A few years later
+both potatoes and tobacco were growing in the garden of one of those
+fine houses in the Strand of which I have told you; people thought them
+very rare and curious plants.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Eight years before the great Queen died, Raleigh went himself to South
+America, and sailed far up the River Orinoco.  He found a fertile land
+and friendly Indians, who told him wonderful stories of the great "city
+of Manoa" which was (so they said,) rich beyond the dreams of man; El
+Dorado, the Golden City, the Spanish called it.  Raleigh never forgot
+these stories; more than twenty years later they helped to bring him
+back to America.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+When Elizabeth died and James I. came to the throne he fell into
+disgrace, for some people said he had plotted against the King; so he
+was tried, found guilty, and condemned to death.  But he was not
+killed; year after year he was kept a prisoner in the Tower of London.
+How did he pass his days there? was he very dull and sad?  I think not.
+Part of the time his wife and son lived with him; he was very much
+interested in the new science of chemistry, and he worked at it and
+tried experiments in his cell; he began to write a wonderful History of
+the World; and I think he thought and dreamed much about Manoa, his
+Golden City, and the riches which lay hidden in South America.  The
+Spanish said these riches were
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P54"></A>54}</SPAN>
+all theirs; but Raleigh did not
+believe this, and he thought Englishmen could so easily get possession
+of some of them.  After many years he tried to persuade King James to
+let him cross the Atlantic and sail up the Orinoco to find a gold-mine
+he had heard of there; he said if only he might go and open it up, it
+would bring great wealth to the King.  Had he another hope, I wonder,
+hidden away in his heart, of which he did not speak&mdash;that he might also
+search for and find his Golden City?  However this may be, he certainly
+tried to persuade the King, and he succeeded, for James said, "Yes, you
+may go," though he well knew that Raleigh could not go to South America
+and bring home gold without offending the Spanish, and England was then
+at peace with Spain.  So Raleigh sailed away.  After fifteen months he
+came home with a sad tale to tell;&mdash;everything had gone wrong, the
+Spanish had killed many of his men, and he had found no gold.  James
+sent him back to the Tower; and four months later, in the year 1618, he
+was beheaded, because (so he was told,) he had once plotted against the
+King.  Thus died the last of the great men of Queen Elizabeth's Court
+who had done so much for England.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+How different London is now from the London of Queen Elizabeth's reign!
+Old St. Paul's and its high tower,&mdash;I will tell you in the next story
+what became of them.  The Globe Theatre, too, has quite disappeared.
+Busy shops have taken the places of the beautiful old houses in the
+Strand; nothing now reminds us of them except the names of some of the
+streets which turn off it; and Somerset House, the great building where
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P55"></A>55}</SPAN>
+now some of the business of the nation is carried on, is so called
+because it stands on the place where the Duke of Somerset, who lived in
+Edward VI.'s reign, began to build a palace for himself.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+If you go down the river to Greenwich, will you see Queen Elizabeth's
+pleasant palace?  Ah, no.  Sixty years after she died it was so out of
+repair that Charles II. ordered it to be pulled down and a new one
+built in its place.  This new palace was not finished until William and
+Mary's reign.  Then there was a great war with France, and the Queen
+begged the King to finish the palace and to turn it into a hospital for
+sailors who had been wounded or crippled in one of the great
+sea-fights.  So it came to pass that, instead of Placentia, we now have
+Greenwich Palace; you will find a picture of it facing <A HREF="#img-048">p. 48</A>.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Perhaps you are thinking, "At any rate the Tower has not changed, and
+London still has a Lord Mayor."  But even the Tower has changed, for in
+Queen Elizabeth's time it was a royal palace as well as a prison.  She
+did not use it often; perhaps she did not like it, for she had been a
+prisoner there herself when her sister Mary was Queen.  Now our Kings
+never live there; and prisoners are not kept there; and for more than a
+hundred and fifty years no one has been beheaded there.  I must tell
+you of one other change, for I am sure it will interest all children.
+In Queen Elizabeth's reign, if you had gone to see the Tower, you would
+have been shown also the lions and other wild animals which, from very
+early times, had been kept there in dens near the part which is called,
+after them, the Lion Tower.  Now you must go to the Zoological Gardens
+
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P56"></A>56}</SPAN>
+to see wild animals; there are none in the Tower; they were all
+sent away to the Zoo not long before Queen Victoria began to reign.
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<HR>
+
+<A NAME="img-056"></A>
+<CENTER>
+<IMG CLASS="imgcenter" SRC="images/img-056.jpg" ALT="NO. 15.  THE FIRE OF LONDON" BORDER="2" WIDTH="466" HEIGHT="800">
+<H4 CLASS="h4center" STYLE="width: 466px">
+NO. 15.  THE FIRE OF LONDON
+</H4>
+</CENTER>
+
+<P CLASS="noindent">
+From the Fresco by Stanhope A. Forbes, R.A., in the Royal Exchange
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="noindent">
+<I>By permission of the Artist and the Sun Insurance Office</I>
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="noindent">
+<I>See page</I> <A HREF="#P61">61</A>
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<HR>
+
+<P>
+As for the Lord Mayor, he is still the first magistrate of London, and
+he still takes the leading place in all London's affairs, just as he
+did in Queen Elizabeth's reign.  No, his work and duties have not
+changed, except that, as London has grown greater and more important,
+they have grown greater and more important also.
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap07"></A>
+
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P57"></A>57}</SPAN>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+VII.
+</H3>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+ST. PAUL'S CATHEDRAL
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+The Cathedral of the City of London is called St. Paul's.  In the
+picture beside this page you can see its great dome and golden cross,
+the top of which is nearly as many feet above the ground as there are
+days in the year.  For more than thirteen hundred years God has been
+worshipped on the spot where St. Paul's now stands; before that, many
+people think, a Roman temple stood there; and before that, again,
+perhaps the ancient Londoners worshipped there the God Lud, of whom I
+have told you; since that time the number of the years has grown from
+hundreds to thousands.
+</P>
+
+<HR>
+
+<BR>
+
+<A NAME="img-057"></A>
+<CENTER>
+<IMG CLASS="imgcenter" SRC="images/img-057.jpg" ALT="NO. 16.  ST. PAUL'S FROM THE RIVER" BORDER="2" WIDTH="532" HEIGHT="751">
+<H4 CLASS="h4center" STYLE="width: 532px">
+NO. 16.  ST. PAUL'S FROM THE RIVER
+</H4>
+</CENTER>
+
+<BR>
+
+<HR>
+
+<P>
+Let us fancy what this country was like more than thirteen hundred
+years ago.  The English had conquered it and given it their name and
+language.  The Christian Faith, which the Britons had learnt while the
+Romans were ruling them, had been almost quite forgotten except in the
+western part of the land; for in the east very many of the English had
+settled, and they were heathen.  Do you remember that Pope Gregory the
+Great, when he was still just a simple priest, had seen some English
+children in the slave-market at Rome, and thought they were fair as
+angels?  He never forgot these children, and when he became Pope he
+sent his friend, Augustine, and some priests to England to teach its
+people the Christian Faith.
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P58"></A>58}</SPAN>
+These missionaries landed in Kent and
+were kindly received by its King, Ethelbert, whose wife, Bertha, was
+already a Christian.  In time he was baptized; and the old historian
+Bede tells us that he "builded in the Citie of London St. Paules
+Church"; and its first Bishop was that Mellitus to whom the fisherman
+Edric brought the message that St. Peter had consecrated his own abbey
+on Thorney.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+In time Ethelbert died, and Mellitus was made Archbishop of Canterbury;
+then the men of London became heathen again.  There is a curious old
+tale about this, and though it is just a story, not real history, I
+will tell it to you.  Do you remember that the monks said Sebert, King
+of the East Saxons, rebuilt St. Peter's Abbey?  Do you not think, then,
+that he must have cared enough about the Christian Faith to teach it to
+his sons?  Yet after his death they went back to the old Faith.  It
+chanced that one day, when Mellitus was holding the solemn service of
+the Mass, they broke open the door of the church, rushed in and ordered
+him to give them "white bread" such as he used to give their father;
+they meant the Bread used in the Mass.  How could Mellitus give it to
+men who did not believe the Faith in which such Bread is a holy thing?
+He refused, and in their anger they turned him out of London; and, as I
+said, the Londoners went back to their old religion.  Truly it took a
+long time and much teaching to make them really Christians.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Near the end of the seventh century we hear of another Bishop of
+London, called Erkenwald.  He did much to make St. Paul's beautiful and
+splendid.
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P59"></A>59}</SPAN>
+And he cared for his people too,&mdash;the men, women and
+children, who lived scattered about in the wild forests which then lay
+round London; and in order that he might visit, help and teach them, he
+used to drive in a cart from place to place over rough roads, and often
+where there were no roads.  He was so good that people said he was a
+saint; and so when he died and his body was buried in St. Paul's, his
+grave there was greatly honoured,&mdash;it was even said that miracles were
+worked there.  Is it there still?  Ah, no; it was destroyed long ago,
+as you shall hear presently.  Yet London ought not to forget this old
+Bishop since it is said that one of her streets is called after him,
+for in his days it seems that the old Roman walls had fallen into
+ruins, and it is said that Erkenwald built a new city-gate ever since
+called, after him, Bishopsgate.  If you look at a map which shows the
+streets of London, you will find Bishopsgate and Bishopsgate Street
+near Liverpool Street Station.  This story shows us that Erkenwald was
+a good citizen as well as a good Bishop.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The years passed on; the Normans came and conquered England; and now we
+have come to real history.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Near the end of William I.'s reign, St. Paul's was burnt down, and the
+Bishop of London of that day began to build in its place a cathedral so
+grand and large that men thought it would never be finished, "it was to
+them so wonderful for height, length, and breadth."  Yet little by
+little it grew until&mdash;but not for more than two hundred and twenty-five
+years&mdash;it stood complete with its great steeple,
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P60"></A>60}</SPAN>
+the highest in
+Europe, towering up 520 feet into the air.  This is the Cathedral to
+which in later days Queen Elizabeth came to return thanks to God for
+the defeat of the Spanish Armada.  Here Sir Philip Sidney was buried.
+Perhaps you remember that, as he lay dying on a battlefield in the
+Netherlands, someone brought him a drink of cold water which seemed to
+him the most delicious thing in all the world, so thirsty was he
+because of his wounds.  Then he saw a poor soldier looking at it with
+longing eyes, and he would not drink it, "for," he said, "his need is
+greater than mine; give it to him."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+In the days of Oliver Cromwell the poor Cathedral was used as a barrack
+for soldiers and as a stable for their horses.  There is now in the
+British Museum a printed paper ordering the soldiers not to play
+nine-pins and other games there between nine o'clock at night and six
+in the morning, because their noise and shouts while they played
+greatly disturbed the people who lived near the churchyard.  Long
+before this the great steeple had been struck by lightning and burnt
+down, and the whole Cathedral had fallen out of repair; thus, when
+Cromwell died and Charles II. became King, there was much talk as to
+what was to be done for it.
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<A NAME="img-061"></A>
+<CENTER>
+<IMG CLASS="imgcenter" SRC="images/img-061.jpg" ALT="OLD ST. PAUL'S.  Burnt down in 1666." BORDER="" WIDTH="543" HEIGHT="420">
+<H4 CLASS="h4center" STYLE="width: 543px">
+OLD ST. PAUL'S.  Burnt down in 1666.
+</H4>
+</CENTER>
+
+<BR>
+
+<P>
+The summer of the year 1666&mdash;the year after the Great Plague&mdash;was very
+hot; an east wind blew for weeks together, so the old crowded wooden
+houses of the City must have been as dry as tinder, when, on September
+2, a fire broke out in a baker's shop in Pudding Lane.  At first, I
+suppose, the neighbours watched it and thought it just such a fire as
+they had
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P61"></A>61}</SPAN>
+seen many a time before; but how could they have felt
+when it spread from house to house, and leapt from street to street?
+when days passed and still it spread?  Some people ran about like
+distracted creatures, not even trying to save their possessions; others
+fled away to the fields outside the City, carrying with them all they
+could.  Imagine them huddling under the hedges for shelter and looking
+back at the crimson sky, for an old writer tell us "all the sky was of
+a fiery aspect like the top of a burning oven, and the light" was "seen
+above forty miles round about for many nights."  The melting lead of
+the roof of St. Paul's ran "down the streets in a stream, and the
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P62"></A>62}</SPAN>
+very pavements were glowing with a fiery redness, so as no horse or man
+was able to tread on them."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Five days the fire raged.  When at last it died out, London lay in
+ruins; 400 streets, 89 churches and 4 of the city-gates had been burnt,
+besides the Cathedral, and in it the shrine of St. Erkenwald.  Has any
+city, I wonder, ever suffered so great a loss?  Were the Londoners sad
+and miserable when they looked at the ruins?  For a time, perhaps, they
+were; but soon they set themselves to build a new London with wider
+streets and houses made of stone, which would not burn so easily; and
+the man who advised and helped them most to do this was Sir Christopher
+Wren.  He drew the plans for, and saw to the rebuilding of, many of the
+city churches, and above all of the Cathedral.  Look again at its
+picture facing <A HREF="#P57">page 57</A>.  The first of its stones was laid in June,
+1675, and the last and highest in 1710; but it is not finished even
+yet; month by month the work goes on.  If you go into it, you will see
+men busy covering its great walls and pillars with beautiful rich
+colours.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Wren lived to be a very old man.  Towards the end of his life he used
+to come to London once a year to sit for awhile under the great dome
+which he had planned and built, for he loved it, and I think it was to
+him not only a beautiful, but also a solemn and a holy thing.  When he
+died his body was buried in the Cathedral; his name and what he did are
+written over the north door, and also some Latin words which mean,
+"Reader, if thou seekest his monument, look around."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+St. Paul's has taken part in our life as a nation ever
+<SPAN CLASS="pagenum">{<A NAME="P63"></A>63}</SPAN>
+since.
+Here some of our greatest men are buried.  Nelson and Wellington both
+lie here, and so do some other great British sailors and soldiers, some
+also of our statesmen and painters; and monuments have been put up here
+in memory of others whose graves are far away.  Here Queen Victoria
+came in 1897 to return thanks to God for her long reign; and here every
+day, and especially on Sundays and on all great national occasions,
+solemn services of prayer and supplication, or of praise and
+thanksgiving, are held.
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<H5 ALIGN="center">
+BILLING AND SONS, LTD., PRINTERS, GUILDFORD
+</H5>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<HR>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap08"></A>
+
+<H2 ALIGN="center">
+Black's Historical Series,
+</H2>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+By E. L. HOSKYN, B.A.
+</H4>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+PICTURES OF BRITISH HISTORY
+</H3>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+MORE PICTURES OF BRITISH HISTORY.
+</H3>
+
+<P CLASS="noindent" ALIGN="center">
+Each containing 60 Illustrations, of which 32 are in colour.
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="noindent" ALIGN="center">
+Crown 4to.  Price 1/6 each.  Bound in cloth.
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<P>
+"More Pictures of British History" is a series of stories arranged so
+as to follow after and enlarge the survey of history given in "Pictures
+of British History."  The same methods have been followed in both
+hooks, but whereas "Pictures of British History" deals mainly with men
+of action, the new one treats chiefly of those whose thoughts and
+ideals have made history.  It is hoped that this has been done simply
+and vividly enough to bring the stories well within the grasp and to
+arouse the interest of children of nine or ten years of age.
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+By M. W. KEATINGE, M.A., and N. L. FRAZER, M.A.
+</H4>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+A HISTORY OF ENGLAND FOR SCHOOLS.
+</H3>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+WITH DOCUMENTS, PROBLEMS, AND EXERCISES.
+</H3>
+
+<P CLASS="noindent" ALIGN="center">
+Price 5/-; or in Two Parts, price 2/6 each.
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="noindent" ALIGN="center">
+PART I., B.C. 55 TO A.D. 1603.
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="noindent" ALIGN="center">
+PART II., A.D. 1603 TO PRESENT DAY.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"A gallant and successful effort to solve a difficult problem and to
+introduce a real and great improvement into the teaching of
+history."&mdash;<I>Times</I>.
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="noindent" ALIGN="center">
+The "Documents, with Problems and Exercises" are also published<BR>
+separately under the title of
+</P>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+DOCUMENTS OF BRITISH HISTORY.
+</H3>
+
+<P CLASS="noindent" ALIGN="center">
+In one Volume, Large Crown 8vo., cloth, price 3/6; or in six Sections,<BR>
+Limp Cloth, price 8d. each.
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<PRE>
+  Section   I.--A.D. 78-1216     |   Section  IV.--A.D. 1603-1715
+     "     II.--A.D. 1216-1399   |      "      V.--A.D. 1715-1815
+     "    III.--A.D. 1399-1603   |      "     VI.--A.D. 1815-1900
+</PRE>
+
+<P CLASS="noindent" ALIGN="center">
+The last-named Section does not appear in "A History of England for
+Schools."
+</P>
+
+<H5 ALIGN="center">
+A. &amp; C. BLACK, 4, 5 &amp; 6 SOHO SQUARE, LONDON, W.
+</H5>
+
+<BR><BR><BR><BR>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Stories of London, by E. L. Hoskyn
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK STORIES OF LONDON ***
+
+***** This file should be named 33613-h.htm or 33613-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/3/3/6/1/33613/
+
+Produced by Al Haines
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</BODY>
+
+</HTML>
+
diff --git a/33613-h/images/img-007.jpg b/33613-h/images/img-007.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f7e1f0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/33613-h/images/img-007.jpg
diff --git a/33613-h/images/img-008.jpg b/33613-h/images/img-008.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5243f87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/33613-h/images/img-008.jpg
diff --git a/33613-h/images/img-009.jpg b/33613-h/images/img-009.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca4ecc8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/33613-h/images/img-009.jpg
diff --git a/33613-h/images/img-011.jpg b/33613-h/images/img-011.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..24cb25e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/33613-h/images/img-011.jpg
diff --git a/33613-h/images/img-016.jpg b/33613-h/images/img-016.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..44b45e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/33613-h/images/img-016.jpg
diff --git a/33613-h/images/img-017.jpg b/33613-h/images/img-017.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a68fbde
--- /dev/null
+++ b/33613-h/images/img-017.jpg
diff --git a/33613-h/images/img-024.jpg b/33613-h/images/img-024.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..802871b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/33613-h/images/img-024.jpg
diff --git a/33613-h/images/img-025.jpg b/33613-h/images/img-025.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be42eb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/33613-h/images/img-025.jpg
diff --git a/33613-h/images/img-032.jpg b/33613-h/images/img-032.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d6dd6e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/33613-h/images/img-032.jpg
diff --git a/33613-h/images/img-033.jpg b/33613-h/images/img-033.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d605272
--- /dev/null
+++ b/33613-h/images/img-033.jpg
diff --git a/33613-h/images/img-040.jpg b/33613-h/images/img-040.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..50a8866
--- /dev/null
+++ b/33613-h/images/img-040.jpg
diff --git a/33613-h/images/img-041.jpg b/33613-h/images/img-041.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c316d2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/33613-h/images/img-041.jpg
diff --git a/33613-h/images/img-048.jpg b/33613-h/images/img-048.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53633f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/33613-h/images/img-048.jpg
diff --git a/33613-h/images/img-049.jpg b/33613-h/images/img-049.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..01fb9f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/33613-h/images/img-049.jpg
diff --git a/33613-h/images/img-056.jpg b/33613-h/images/img-056.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c550d63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/33613-h/images/img-056.jpg
diff --git a/33613-h/images/img-057.jpg b/33613-h/images/img-057.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b71dbea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/33613-h/images/img-057.jpg
diff --git a/33613-h/images/img-061.jpg b/33613-h/images/img-061.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9364eb4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/33613-h/images/img-061.jpg
diff --git a/33613-h/images/img-cover.jpg b/33613-h/images/img-cover.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c38664d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/33613-h/images/img-cover.jpg
diff --git a/33613-h/images/img-front.jpg b/33613-h/images/img-front.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29e116e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/33613-h/images/img-front.jpg
diff --git a/33613-h/images/img-title.jpg b/33613-h/images/img-title.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bcd838c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/33613-h/images/img-title.jpg
diff --git a/33613.txt b/33613.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e2ec854
--- /dev/null
+++ b/33613.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,2196 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Stories of London, by E. L. Hoskyn
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Stories of London
+
+Author: E. L. Hoskyn
+
+Release Date: September 3, 2010 [EBook #33613]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK STORIES OF LONDON ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Al Haines
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+[Frontispiece: NO. 1.  AN OLD RIVER-WALL OR EMBANKMENT (CHELSEA) _See
+page_ 9]
+
+
+
+
+
+
+STORIES OF
+
+LONDON
+
+
+BY
+
+E. L. HOSKYN, B.A. (LOND.)
+
+AUTHOR OF "PICTURES OF BRITISH HISTORY," ETC.
+
+
+WITH A PREFACE BY
+
+SOPHIE BRYANT, D.Sc., LITT.D.
+
+
+
+[Illustration: Title page logo]
+
+
+
+LONDON
+
+ADAM AND CHARLES BLACK
+
+1914
+
+
+
+
+{3}
+
+PREFACE
+
+There are many kinds of ignorance which, for lack of time and
+opportunity, we may rightly tolerate in ourselves.  Ignorance of the
+stories that cling around and beautify the home-place is not one of
+these.  A place, indeed, is not a home unless human life has woven a
+thread of story through and through it.  Happy are those who dwell as
+children in a place well clad with racy memories and legendary lore.
+The city-home of the London child is just such a place.  Here we have a
+city with an old old history losing itself in the mists of time, and
+preserving itself in the memorials of its ancient sites and the tales
+that grow like ivy round its odd place-names.  Of all this the careless
+city-dweller takes no note, but the London child should be a different
+kind of being.  London stories are racy of London; they reflect its
+life in every age; and the London child is heir to them all.
+
+The stories of London in this little book are interesting to everybody,
+whether young or old; they cannot fail to be so, because London is
+interesting, more or less, to everybody in the world.  But the book is
+written more particularly for the children of London, so that they may
+not be careless city-dwellers, as so many are, but may grow up into
+real citizens of this great London, loving their old city in all its
+nooks and corners for its own dear sake, feeling it in all the twists
+and turns of its varied history, as if their life and its life were
+bound up in one.
+
+But this is not all that the study of London's stories may {4} do for
+the London child.  The natural beginning of interest in
+history--including the literature that collects around it--arises out
+of interest in the story of the place in which we live.  We walk about
+the place and picture the events of which we read as happening within
+it.  The place is transfigured, is filled with life; and the story is
+transfigured too as seen against the background to which it really
+belongs.  In the case of London, moreover, there is a good deal of
+useful work for the imagination to do in sufficiently restoring that
+background to its primitive simplicity.  So the London child who knows
+the London stories thoroughly--so thoroughly as to be able to see them
+in their real setting, as they happened in that city by the river on
+the marshes in the olden time--has learnt to know how every other
+story, including the history proper of any other town or country,
+should be known.  Thus, the study of the home story is for each of us
+the true beginning of our education in that exercise of historical
+imagination on which our appreciation of history largely depends.
+
+It is hoped that these _Stories of London_ will be specially
+interesting to the London child, but not to him alone.  The story of
+London is central in the story of England, and appeals to the interest
+of every English-speaking child.
+
+SOPHIE BRYANT.
+
+
+
+
+{5}
+
+CONTENTS
+
+   I.  SOME VERY OLD STORIES
+  II.  WESTMINSTER ABBEY
+ III.  THE CHARTER HOUSE
+  IV.  TWO FAMOUS CHARITIES
+   V.  THE STORY AND THE HISTORY OF DICK WHITTINGTON
+  VI.  WHEN ELIZABETH WAS QUEEN
+ VII.  THE STORY OF ST. PAUL'S
+
+
+
+
+LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
+
+1. AN OLD RIVER-WALL OR EMBANKMENT (CHELSEA) . . . . . . _Frontispiece_
+
+2. PART OF THE OLD BUILDINGS OF THE CHARTER HOUSE SCHOOL,
+   ITS CHAPEL AND PLAYGROUND
+
+3. WESTMINSTER ABBEY, THE TOMB OF EDWARD THE CONFESSOR
+
+4. THE FIRST CORONATION IN THE ABBEY
+
+5. A ROOM IN THE TOWER WHERE STATE PRISONERS WERE LODGED
+
+6. SIR THOMAS MORE AND HIS DAUGHTER WATCH THE CARTHUSIAN
+   PRIORS GOING AWAY TO DIE
+
+7. OLD PENSIONERS AND SCHOOLBOYS IN THE CHARTER HOUSE CHAPEL
+
+8. ST. BARTHOLOMEW'S CHURCH BEFORE IT WAS RESTORED
+
+9. AN EXCITING GAME; OLD CHRIST'S HOSPITAL, LONDON
+
+10. ENTRANCES OF THE OLD CHRIST'S HOSPITAL AND OF CHRIST'S
+    CHURCH, LONDON
+
+11. AN ARCH OF LONDON BRIDGE, TOWER BRIDGE IN THE DISTANCE
+
+12. WHITTINGTON SETTING THE KING FREE FROM HIS GREAT DEBT
+
+13. GREENWICH AS IT IS NOW
+
+14. PLACENTIA, THE OLD PALACE AT GREENWICH
+
+15. THE FIRE OF LONDON
+
+16. ST. PAUL'S FROM THE RIVER
+
+
+_Sketch map of Norman London_
+
+_Old St Paul's_
+
+
+
+
+{6}
+
+======================================================================
+
+[Illustration: NO. 2.  PART OF THE BUILDINGS OF THE OLD CHARTER HOUSE
+SCHOOL, ITS CHAPEL AND PLAYGROUND.  (See p. 28)]
+
+======================================================================
+
+
+
+
+{7}
+
+STORIES OF LONDON
+
+
+I.
+
+SOME VERY OLD STORIES
+
+The first story of London should tell who built it, and when, and why.
+But London is old, very old; it began before its builders had even
+thought of making books, and so its earliest history is written in the
+ground on which it stands, in its hills and valleys, its rivers and
+river-beds; and this is a kind of history which, if only we know how to
+read it, always tells the truth.  Perhaps you are saying to yourself,
+"There is only one river in London, and that is the Thames; and there
+are no hills,--London is flat; and as for the ground, who has seen the
+real ground on which London stands?  Is it not all built over, or paved
+with wood or stones or cement?  How, then, can we learn anything from
+it?"  Sometimes old worn-out buildings have to be pulled down to their
+very foundations so that new houses may be put in their places, or a
+tube-railway or a tunnel has to be made, or gas-pipes or electric wires
+have to be laid under the roads;--have you not seen navvies digging
+deep into the earth to do all these things?  Then the secret things
+hidden in the ground are brought to light, and they teach us something
+of the very old history of the land.
+
+{8}
+
+Perhaps you know that the Hampstead and Highgate Hills lie four or five
+miles north of the Thames; and at about the same distance south of it
+are other hills, on one of which the Crystal Palace stands.  Though we
+call the land between these hills the Thames Valley, it is not flat;
+and long ago, before London was built in it, it was much more uneven
+than it is now; for the more level roads are the easier it is for heavy
+carriages and carts to be pulled along them, so hollows have been
+filled up and hillocks cut down to make the ground as flat as possible.
+Even now, as you ride on the top of an omnibus through the long
+straight road called Oxford Street, if you watch carefully you may
+notice the rise and fall of the land,--a little hill, then a little
+valley, and so on.  Once through each of these valleys a stream ran
+down to the Thames.  Where are they now?  Some of them are
+underground--arched over, built over, buried in the dark, out of sight.
+Look at the map on p. 11; there you will find one of these rivers,
+which ran from the Highgate Woods southward to the Thames.  It was
+called the Fleet, and has given its name to Fleet Street.
+
+======================================================================
+
+[Illustration: NO. 3.  IN WESTMINSTER ABBEY: THE TOMB OF EDWARD THE
+CONFESSOR WITH ITS VELVET COVERING _See pages_ 17 _and_ 22]
+
+======================================================================
+
+There were also some low hills quite close to the north bank of the
+river.  Let us fancy that we have gone back through the ages, many
+hundreds of years before ever the Romans came to this country, and that
+we are standing--you and I--facing the river on one of those hills,
+that on which St. Paul's now stands.  What do we see?  To our right,
+under its steep clay bank, so high it is almost a cliff, the Fleet runs
+on its way to the Thames; to our left is the hill; behind us, {9} all
+the way up to the hills of Hampstead, are tangled forests, and in the
+low ground are wide marshes; and in front is the river.  It is
+low-water; on either side of the stream are great stretches of mud and
+sand, wet marshy places, such as you may have seen at some place by the
+sea where the shore is very flat and the tide goes out very far.
+Beyond the marsh, on the southern shore, I think there is a wide
+shallow lake, for to this day some of the land there is below the level
+of the river at high-water.  As we watch, look! a little rippling wave
+runs over the flats between the sand-banks; the tide has turned,--how
+fast it rises, how far it spreads!  Before long the wide waste before
+us is covered with grey waters; it has become a great lake or sea.
+Nowadays embankments, such as you see in picture 1, keep the river in
+its place; but in the long-ago times of which we are thinking every
+high tide must have spread far and wide over what is now dry land.
+
+======================================================================
+
+[Illustration: NO. 4.  THE FIRST CORONATION IN THE ABBEY _See page_ 21]
+
+======================================================================
+
+Could any people have wished to live in such a watery place?  Yes,
+indeed they did; and under the bed of the Fleet River, near its mouth,
+traces have been found of their homes.  That ancient people must have
+had many enemies,--other men who fought them, fierce wild animals,
+wolves and other creatures which have not lived in England for hundreds
+and hundreds of years; and to defend themselves that people had such
+poor weapons, perhaps made only of bronze; so they sought for a very
+safe dwelling-place.  Down into the muddy bed of the river they drove
+great wooden posts, such posts as men drive down now into river or sea
+when they are building a pier.  The worn {10} tops of those old timbers
+have been found showing up through the soil where once the Fleet ran;
+and on them once rested a platform of wood on which houses were built.
+Is not this a piece of history written in the soil?  The first men who
+tried to read it understood more easily the meaning of those worn old
+posts because to this day the brown people, who live in one of the
+great islands to the south-east of Asia, build their houses on just
+such platforms out over the water.
+
+How long did the men of that far-off time live in these strange
+river-dwellings?  That we do not know; it may have been for very many
+years.  At last (so some learned men believe) they built for themselves
+a fort or stronghold on the high land near-by, perhaps where St. Paul's
+now stands, but more likely lower down the river, on the next hill;
+this stronghold may have been the beginning of London.  If, as some
+people think, London means "The Fort of the Waters," or "The Lake
+Fort," was it not well named?
+
+Up the river to this fort ships may sometimes have come, bringing
+merchants to buy pearls and skins of wild animals and slaves; and to
+pay for them with such things as the fierce Londoners of those days
+would like--a sharp axe or a gay necklace.
+
+======================================================================
+
+[Illustration: LONDON IN THE TIME OF THE NORMANS.]
+
+======================================================================
+
+The written history of London does not begin until the Romans had
+conquered and were ruling the land, more than a hundred years after
+their great general, Julius Caesar, had first come here.  They found
+London only a little group of huts, very likely made of wickerwork
+plastered over with mud, and surrounded by a poor wall and ditch.  How
+much they did for it!  They {12} built round it the great walls which
+you see marked in our little map; so strong were they that parts of
+their foundations and of the walls themselves have been found even of
+late years.  And many other traces of the Romans have been found in
+London--coins, and weapons, and carvings.  Near the Strand is a bath
+which once, perhaps, belonged to some Roman gentleman's fine house.
+There were many such houses in and about London; and many a time the
+beautiful pavements of these houses, and even the pavements of the old
+Roman streets, have been found in the City down below the present
+streets and houses.  The Romans made great roads which stretched out
+north, south, east, and west, from London; and they built a bridge over
+the Thames.  In those days the people across the English Channel, the
+Gauls and Italians, were far wiser than the wild people of Britain; and
+roads and bridges made it possible for their trade, skill and wisdom to
+come to the people of London.  A flourishing city it became under the
+Roman rule.
+
+The years passed on and evil days befell the Roman Empire; the wild
+fierce northern races attacked it, and the Roman soldiers had to leave
+Britain and go back to defend Italy.  Then there came to this country
+also sad days of war and trouble, for the English came over the North
+Sea, fought and conquered the Britons, and at last settled here.  Then
+came the Danes, and there was more war, more fighting.  During these
+dreadful times we hear little of London.
+
+At last Alfred became King.  Do you remember how many good things he
+did for England?  One of the best of them was that in the year 886, as
+the {13} ancient Chronicle or history of our country tells us, he built
+London Town,--that is, he built again her walls and towers, and made
+her once more a strong city.  Thus, with Alfred as her founder and
+protector, her later history begins.  Year by year she grew greater and
+more important, until she became the greatest of all English cities and
+the capital of the land.
+
+There is another and a very different story of Old London, and this is
+how it begins:--"Brute, about the yeare of the world 2855 and 1108
+before the nativitie of Christ" (that is, before Christ was born,)
+"builded this city neare unto the riuer (river) now called Thames, and
+named it Troynouant"--that is, 'New Troy.'  Now, this Brute belonged to
+the very same family as Romulus who built Rome; and he and his
+followers came across the sea to this island, in which then only a few
+giants were living, and he conquered them and took the land, and named
+it Britain after his own name, and his companions he called Britons.
+
+There were more giants in Cornwall than in any other part of the land.
+One of them was called Goemagot; he was so strong that he could pull up
+an oak-tree as if it were only a hazel-wand.  Now there was a great
+fight between the Britons and the Cornish giants, and all the giants
+were killed but Goemagot.  Then he and a famous Briton fought together,
+and all men stood by to watch.  At first it seemed that the giant would
+win for he wounded the Briton sorely; but, wounded as he was, the
+Briton heaved Goemagot up on his shoulders, ran with him to the shore,
+and flung him headlong into the sea; and (so says the story) the rock
+from which he fell is called "The Giant's Leap" unto {14} this day.
+All this happened near the place where Plymouth now stands.  What has
+it to do with London?  In the Guildhall, which is the Council Hall of
+London, are many statues of great and famous men, and here are also two
+great wooden giants called Gog and Magog; they are the City's giants.
+Once they used to be carried in the Lord Mayor's Show and in
+processions to make the people wonder.  The older giant is said to be
+Goemagot; the other, the Briton who hurled him headlong into the sea.
+
+Long after Brute died, Belinus became King.  Of all his wonderful
+history I can tell you only this,--he placed a great building in
+Trinovantum (that is, London,) upon the banks of the Thames, and the
+citizens called it, after his name, Billingsgate.  Over it he built a
+huge tower, and under it a fair haven or quay for ships.  "At last,
+when he had finished his days, his body was burned, and the ashes put
+up in a golden urn, which they placed with wonderful art on the top of
+the tower" which he himself had built.  Have you ever heard of
+Billingsgate?  It is the chief fish-market of London, and its wharf is
+the oldest on the Thames, so old that no one knows when fish were first
+landed and sold there.
+
+Many years after Belinus built his great tower, Lud became King.  He
+"not only repaired this Cittie" (that is, Trinovantum,) "but also
+increased the same with faire buildings, Towers and walles; and after
+his own name called it Caire Lud, as Lud's towne."  And about sixty-six
+years before Christ was born he built a strong gate in the west part of
+the city, and he named it, in his own honour, Ludgate; and when he {15}
+died his body was buried by this gate.  Turn back to the little map of
+London on p. 11; there you will find Ludgate marked.  St. Paul's
+Cathedral stands just to the east of it, on Ludgate Hill.
+
+These stories were first written down by a Welsh priest called Geoffrey
+of Monmouth, who lived in the days of King Stephen; and long ago
+everyone believed they were true.  Then came a time when people said
+what, perhaps, you are thinking, "These stories are only fairy-tales.
+Who made them up?"  Well, Geoffrey of Monmouth said, in his book
+written nearly 800 years ago, that he had read them in a still older
+book which came out of Brittany.  Who else had read this old book?  No
+one, so Geoffrey said; so people left off believing them; they were put
+aside and forgotten.  Now wise men think that they are really the old
+stories of our nation which have been passed down from father to son,
+and that perhaps the heroes of which they tell are the gods the people
+once worshipped, that Lud was a God of the Waters.  If so, was it not
+very natural that he was worshipped in Old London on the shores of the
+Thames and the Fleet Rivers?
+
+There is another hero, Bran the Blessed, of whom I must tell you.  He
+too was King of the Isle of the Mighty, as Britain was called.  He was
+so big no ship could contain him for he was like a mountain, and his
+eyes were like two lakes.  In the end of his days he fought with the
+Irish in their own land until only he and seven of his followers were
+left alive, and he was wounded unto death.  And he said to his
+followers, "Very soon I shall die; then cut off my head, and {16} take
+it with you to London, and there bury it in the White Mountain looking
+towards France, and no foreigners shall invade the land while it is
+there."  Much more he told them of the manner of their coming to
+London, and all that he said came true, so that many years passed away
+before in the White Mount, where the Tower now stands, they buried the
+head.  There it lay until Arthur dug it up, for he said, "The strong
+arm should defend the land."  He meant that the men of a nation should
+be its defence.
+
+Arthur himself was proclaimed King in London.  Perhaps you remember the
+old story of the child who was brought up so secretly that, when the
+King, his father, died, no one knew who was now the rightful King or,
+indeed, if there was one.  Then, as Merlin the Magician had advised,
+the Archbishop of Canterbury called on all the great lords of the
+kingdom to come together in London; and there, one day, outside the
+greatest church in the City (was it St. Paul's, I wonder?) they saw a
+great stone with a sword sticking in it; and round about the stone,
+written in letters of gold, were these words:--"Whoso pulleth out this
+sword of this stone is right wise born King of England."  The great
+lords tried to pull it out, and not one of them could do so; but young
+Arthur, who had come to town with his foster-father and foster-brother,
+pulled it out easily, not because he wanted to show that he was the
+King,--he does not seem to have known about this,--but because his
+foster-brother had sent him to fetch a sword and he could get no other.
+Thus, all men knew that he was "right wise born King of England."
+
+======================================================================
+
+[Illustration: NO. 5.  A ROOM IN THE TOWER WHERE STATE PRISONERS WERE
+LODGED.]
+
+======================================================================
+
+======================================================================
+
+[Illustration: NO. 6.  SIR THOMAS MORE AND HIS DAUGHTER WATCH THE
+CARTHUSIAN PRIORS GOING AWAY TO DIE.  _See page_ 26]
+
+======================================================================
+
+
+
+
+{17}
+
+II.
+
+THE STORY OF WESTMINSTER ABBEY
+
+Turn to the picture facing p. 8.  If you have ever been in London, I
+think you will know that this is a picture of part of Westminster
+Abbey.  Even if you have never seen the Abbey, perhaps you know that it
+is a very old and beautiful church near the River Thames in London.
+Imagine that you are standing near it now, and that you can see its old
+grey walls, and the grass and railings which separate it from the busy
+street with its motors and omnibuses, its carriages and carts.  Now,
+with the roar of the streets in our ears, with the tall London
+buildings all around us, and busy people constantly hurrying past us,
+let us try to fancy what this spot was like in the very early times
+when we first hear of it.
+
+Then the Thames was clear and fresh and full of fish, and many a red
+deer and other wild animal wandered along its banks and drank of its
+waters.  About a mile and a half above London, where the river was wide
+and shallow, one of those little brooks of which I have told you ran
+into it; and here, where the waters of the brook and of the river met,
+was a bank of sandy gravel, which at high tide was an island, so it was
+called Thorney or Thorn Ey--the Island of Thorns--for it was all
+overgrown with thorn-bushes.  Very lonely, very quiet, Thorney must
+have been.
+
+{18}
+
+Who first lived there, what kind of a dwelling-place they had, we do
+not really know.  In later days the monks, whose home it then was, said
+that once the temple of a Roman god had stood there, and that when the
+Britons became Christians a good King built in its place a Christian
+church called the Abbey of St. Peter.  Do you remember that, after the
+Romans left Britain, the English, who were still heathen, came over the
+North Sea and conquered the Britons and settled on their lands?  The
+monks said that in those days of war and trouble the little Abbey of
+St. Peter was destroyed.  Early in the seventh century, when the
+English also had learnt the Christian Faith, Sebert, King of the East
+Saxons, rebuilt the little abbey, and when he died he was buried there.
+So said the monks, and to this very day there is a grave in Westminster
+Abbey which is said to be Sebert's.
+
+There is a strange story told about this ancient church.  It was just
+finished, and the first Bishop of London, Mellitus, was to come on a
+certain Monday to consecrate it--that is, to set it apart for the
+service of God.  The evening before a man called Edric was fishing in
+the river.  Suddenly, on the southern bank, he saw a bright light; he
+pulled his little boat towards it, and saw standing by the water a
+strange-looking stately man, who pointed towards Thorney and said,
+"Ferry me, I pray thee, across to yonder place"; and Edric did so.  As
+the stranger landed and went to the new church the air was filled with
+heavenly light, the church was "without darkness or shadow," and
+through the light angels came flying from the skies, and with their
+help the stranger held the solemn service of {19} consecration.  All
+this Edric heard and saw.  Do you wonder that he forgot all about his
+fishing?
+
+When the service was ended and, I suppose, the heavenly light had faded
+away and darkness again covered the place, the stranger came to Edric
+and asked for food.  "Alas!" he answered, "I have none.  I have not
+caught a single fish."
+
+Then said the stranger, "I am Peter, Keeper of the Keys of Heaven.
+When the Bishop comes to-morrow, tell him that I, St. Peter, have
+consecrated my own church of St. Peter.  Go thou out into the river;
+thou wilt catch many a fish, whereof the most part will be salmon.
+This I grant thee if thou wilt promise two things;--first, that never
+again wilt thou fish on Sunday; and, secondly, that thou wilt give
+one-tenth of thy fish to the Abbey of St. Peter."
+
+Next day King Sebert and the Bishop of London came to Thorney.  There,
+by the new church, with a salmon in his hand, Edric, the fisherman, was
+waiting to tell his story.  Did they believe it?  How could they help
+believing? for he showed them the marks of twelve crosses on the
+church, and the traces of the sacred oil and of the candles which the
+angels had held!  There was nothing left for the Bishop to do but to
+declare that the church had been well and truly consecrated.
+
+These are the wonderful stories the monks used to tell of their abbey.
+I suppose they loved it so much that they wanted people to think it as
+old and as wonderful as it could possibly be.
+
+But now we have come to real history which we know to be true.  In 1042
+Edward, called the {20} Confessor, became King of England.  Englishmen
+long remembered him and what he looked like; his hair and beard were
+milky white, and his cheeks were red; he loved hunting and long
+services in church; and his people believed that the touch of his hand
+would heal the sick, and that God spoke to him in dreams and visions.
+
+His father had been driven out of England by the Danes, and Edward had
+grown up in Normandy; so it came about that he loved the Normans, who
+were more courteous than the rude rough English.  Yet I think he loved
+England too, for we are told that he made a vow to St. Peter that if
+ever he returned there in safety he would make a pilgrimage to the
+saint's grave in Rome.
+
+He did not keep this vow; his people would not let him, for they said,
+"The journey to Rome is long and dangerous, and our King is very
+precious to us.  We cannot let him go."  But a man, even if he is a
+King, may not break a solemn vow, so Edward asked the Pope what he must
+do, and the Pope answered, "Stay at home and rule thy people; yet, as
+thou hast vowed to make a pilgrimage to Rome, do some other costly
+thing instead.  Build a new church, or rebuild an old one in honour of
+St. Peter."  And King Edward determined to rebuild the little church at
+Thorney, or Westminster as we must now call it; for the thorns had long
+since been cleared away, the sandy bank was no longer an island even at
+high-water, and pleasant meadows lay on either side of the river.
+
+For fifteen years the work went on; Edward was so interested in it, so
+loved it, that he watched over and {21} cared for every part of it.
+Now at last, at Christmas-time of the year 1065, the east end was
+finished.  How eagerly the King looked forward to its consecration!  It
+was indeed consecrated three days after Christmas, on the Feast of the
+Holy Innocents, but the King was not there; he was very ill, and within
+a few days he died.  The first great service held in the new Abbey was
+his funeral; he was buried before the high Altar.  After this there was
+no peace or happiness in England for many a day.  Edward left no son,
+so the greatest of the English Earls, Earl Harold, was made King.  But
+William, Duke of Normandy, declared that Edward had promised him the
+crown; and he came across the sea, and fought and killed Harold on the
+Sussex Hills at the Battle of Hastings.  Thus the Norman Duke became
+William I., King of England, and he was crowned in Westminster Abbey on
+Christmas Day, 1066.  Inside the church with him were the Norman
+nobles; outside crowded the poor English.
+
+When he was proclaimed King at the Altar, the English shouted, as was
+their custom, "God save the King!"  The Normans within the Abbey heard
+and wondered.  What could the shouts mean?  Were the English rising
+against them?  Full of fear and anger they rushed out to find
+everything in confusion, the houses ablaze, and their men, who had been
+left outside on guard, killing the poor English.  In the Abbey William
+and the Bishops and monks were left almost alone; and thus, in the
+gloom and darkness of the winter's day, with the sound of tumult and
+fighting ringing in their ears, the Conqueror was {22} crowned.  This
+was the first coronation in the Abbey; facing p. 9 is a picture of it.
+
+Two hundred years later King Henry III. pulled down Edward the
+Confessor's Abbey, and built in its place the Abbey we still have.  In
+it the Confessor's tomb is behind the altar; for Henry had his body
+reverently moved from its first grave to a chapel which he had
+especially prepared for it.  When you go to the Abbey you will see that
+this chapel is higher than any of the others; some people say the
+reason is that, to do more honour to the Confessor, King Henry sent
+ships to bring earth from the Holy Land, and this sacred earth was
+piled up into a mound behind the high Altar, and on it the Confessor's
+chapel was built.  This is the part of the Abbey shown in picture 3;
+turn back and look at it again.  Do you see that the old tomb is
+covered with purple velvet?  Are not the pillars and arches about it
+beautiful?
+
+I have told you only the beginning of the Abbey's history.  Not only
+are all our Kings crowned there but many of them lie buried there too;
+so also do some of the best and wisest men who have served our country,
+some of our bravest sailors, and of our greatest poets.  Thus it comes
+about that the history of the Abbey is as long as the history of our
+country--indeed, it _is_ the history of our country.
+
+
+
+
+{23}
+
+III.
+
+THE STORY OF THE CHARTER HOUSE
+
+In 1347 Edward III. was besieging Calais; he was at war with France,
+and but the year before had won the great victory of Crecy.  The siege
+lasted a whole year, and then at last the men of Calais could hold out
+no longer, for the French King could not help them and they had no food
+left.  When King Edward heard this he sent to them one of his knights,
+Sir Walter Manny, with this message, "Give yourselves up to me that I
+may do with you what I will."  This was a hard thing to ask, so hard
+that Edward's lords pleaded with him to show mercy; and the King gave
+way and said he would be content if six citizens came to him, barefoot,
+in their shirts, with ropes about their necks, and bearing the city's
+keys.  "On them," he said, "I will do my will."  So the Captain of
+Calais gave up six of the citizens to Sir Walter Manny, and he brought
+them to the King and begged him to spare their lives--begged, but
+begged in vain.  Then Queen Philippa, Edward's wife, weeping bitterly,
+fell on her knees, and prayed the King for love of our Lord to have
+mercy; and the King's heart was moved to pity, and he answered her,
+"Though I do it against my will--take them!  I give them to you."  Can
+you not fancy how well she treated them, and how happy she was when she
+sent them home to Calais?
+
+In those days, outside the walls of London towards {24} the north-west
+was a pleasant land of fields and trees, of streams and clear sweet
+springs, a lonely land with few houses except three great monasteries.
+Here Sir Walter Manny and the Bishop of London of that time founded
+another monastery for twenty-four monks and a Prior or chief monk.  It
+was called the London Charter House, for it was one of several Charter
+Houses which all belonged to the same kind of monks, who all obeyed the
+same rules and wore the same dress, and so they are said to belong to
+the same Order.  This new Charter House stood on land which had been
+given (some by Sir Walter Manny, some by a former Bishop of London,) to
+be used as a burial-ground for people who had died in the great
+sickness, called the Black Death, in the year 1349.
+
+======================================================================
+
+[Illustration: NO. 7.  OLD PENSIONERS AND SCHOOLBOYS IN THE CHARTER
+HOUSE.  _See page_ 28]
+
+======================================================================
+
+Let us fancy what the life of the monks of the Charter House was like.
+Their day began at an hour when you are sound asleep in bed; at eleven
+o'clock the convent bell rang, and at midnight the monks met in chapel
+for Matins, their first service, which often lasted two hours, or even
+longer, so slowly, so solemnly, did they chant the psalms and prayers.
+When it was over the monks went back to their beds until five o'clock,
+when they rose and went about the business of the day.  What did they
+find to do?  They were busy all day long, for they had to take part in
+the many services of the chapel; and each monk had his own little house
+and garden, called his "cell," where he passed most of his time alone.
+Here he read and prayed; here he worked,--perhaps at carpentering or
+some such trade, perhaps he copied or wrote books; here he ate his
+solitary meal, the only meal {25} of the day, which might be of eggs,
+fish, fruit and vegetables, but never of meat; sometimes it was of
+bread and water only.  By seven o'clock his day was ended and he was
+asleep in bed.  One of the strictest rules of this Order of monks is
+that they shall be silent except in Chapel.  They only meet together
+twice a week; once when they all dine together, and again on Sundays,
+when they all go for a long walk in company.
+
+This has been the life of every Carthusian monk (so the Charter House
+monks are called,) ever since the Order was founded in the eleventh
+century; and this was the life of the London Charter House from the
+days of Edward III. until the reign of Henry VIII.  Do you remember
+that he and his Parliament broke the links which bound together the
+Churches of Rome and England?  In 1534 a law was made which said that
+the King, not the Pope, should henceforth be the Head of the English
+Church, and that anyone who would not agree to this was a traitor.
+Some people in England were very glad of this, for there were things in
+the Church which seemed to them altogether wrong; "Now," they thought,
+"these wrong things can be set right."  But other people were very
+sorry; they believed the Pope was indeed Head of the whole Church, that
+God had made him so, and what God had willed man cannot alter.  Amongst
+those who thought so were the monks of the Charter House.
+
+======================================================================
+
+[Illustration: NO. 8.  ST. BARTHOLOMEW'S CHURCH BEFORE IT WAS RESTORED.
+_See page_ 30]
+
+======================================================================
+
+It is hard to wait day by day for some dreadful thing which we know is
+surely coming to us, so these were sad days for the monks.  Were they
+frightened, I wonder, when they heard what was going on in the {26}
+world outside their walls, and knew that soon, very soon, they must
+tell the fierce King that for them the Pope was and must always be Head
+of the Church?  What would happen to them?  Did their prayers and
+solemn services strengthen and comfort them then?  Yes, indeed they
+did.  And their Prior, John Houghton, was a brave true man, as men have
+need to be in such times; and not only by his words, but by his deeds,
+he taught his monks to choose rather to die than to give up what they
+believed to be true; for in the spring of the next year he and two
+other Carthusian Priors told Thomas Cromwell, the King's great
+Minister, that they could not change their Faith.  They were sent to
+the Tower, tried as traitors in Westminster Hall, and found guilty.
+Turn to picture 6; here you see Sir Thomas More, in this month of May
+himself a prisoner in the Tower for the same reason, watching the three
+Priors and another monk going away to die.  As he watched, More said to
+his daughter, "Lo, dost thou see, Meg, that these blessed fathers be
+now as cheerful going to their deaths as bridegrooms to their
+marriages?"
+
+At Tyburn Tree, where the Marble Arch now stands, John Houghton laid
+down his life for his Faith.
+
+Two sad years followed; then all but ten of the monks yielded to the
+King and promised to "forsake the Bishop of Rome."  These ten were sent
+to Newgate Prison.  There they would very soon have died, for in those
+days life in a prison was a dreadful thing, but they were helped by a
+brave woman, called Margaret Clement, whom Sir Thomas More had brought
+up with his own daughter Margaret.  "Moved {27} with a great compassion
+of those holy Fathers, she dealt with the gaoler ... and withal did win
+him with money that he was content to let her come into the prison to
+them, which she did, attiring and disguising herself as a milkmaid,
+with a great pail upon her head full of meat, wherewith she fed that
+blessed company, putting meat into their mouths, they being tied and
+not able to stir, nor to help themselves."
+
+Soon orders came that the monks were to be kept very strictly, and the
+gaoler could not allow Margaret Clement to visit them; then, one after
+another, all but one died.
+
+In 1538 the rest of the monks were turned out of the Charter House.
+Sorrowfully they passed out under its great archway, and went their
+different ways to places of safety.
+
+And was the Charter House left empty to fall into ruins?  No; it became
+the property of first one great lord and then of another.  They altered
+it to meet their needs; the monks' cells disappeared; it became a grand
+mansion.  Queen Elizabeth and James I. both stayed there.
+
+At last it was sold to Thomas Sutton, a merchant who had made a large
+fortune by mining for coal near Newcastle and selling it in London.  He
+must have been a good old man, for we are told he used often to go into
+his quiet garden to pray, "Lord, Thou hast given me a large and liberal
+estate; give me also a heart to make use thereof."
+
+He had no children, and when he died, in 1611, he left his great wealth
+to found a free school, and a "hospital" where eighty old
+men--"soldiers who had {28} borne arms by land or sea, merchants who
+had been ruined by shipwreck or piracy, and servants of the King or
+Queen,"--could spend their last days in peace.  They are called the
+Charter House Pensioners.  Turn back to picture 7; these two old men
+are Pensioners.  At first there were to be but forty boys in the
+school, but the numbers grew larger and larger; and many a great man
+has been educated in the famous Charter House School.
+
+As the years passed on and London spread beyond its walls, the pleasant
+fields about the Charter House were covered with streets and houses.
+At last, about fifty years ago, the Governors of the school thought it
+would be wise to move it to a more open place; so they built a new
+school at Godalming in Surrey, and the boys moved into it in 1872.
+Into the old buildings they had left came a great day-school, the
+Merchant Taylors', so there are still about 500 boys as well as the old
+pensioners in the London Charter House.
+
+What a strange history the Charter House has!  What changes it has
+seen!  The convent with its silent monks, the great house with its
+state and royal visitors, the noisy school, the peaceful home of the
+old pensioners,--the Charter House bears traces of them all.  For here
+are still the courts and cloisters and the chapel of the monks, and the
+stateroom of the great noble; the boys' playground (picture 2 shows us
+a little bit of it,) is the square round which once stood the monks'
+quiet cells; in the chapel we may see the tomb of the Founder, Sir
+Thomas Sutton; indeed, both the Founders, Sir Thomas Sutton and Sir
+Walter Manny, lie buried there.
+
+
+
+
+{29}
+
+IV.
+
+TWO FAMOUS CHARITIES
+
+Turn to picture 8; this is the ancient church of St. Bartholomew the
+Great.  In it, on the north side of the altar, is an old old tomb on
+which lies a stone figure in a quaint dress; it is the tomb of Rahere,
+said to be the founder of the church and of the great Hospital of St.
+Bartholomew near-by.
+
+This is the story of Rahere:--He was born in France in the reign of
+William the Conqueror.  Early in the twelfth century he was in England,
+and he was often at the Courts of the Red King and of Henry I.  We are
+told that he was "a pleasant-witted gentleman, and therefore in his
+time called the Kinge's Minstrell"; indeed, the old chronicler seems to
+think he led an idle foolish life.  If this is true, he certainly
+repented before long, for he became a pilgrim and made the long and
+difficult journey to Rome to visit there the places where the Apostles
+St. Peter and St. Paul were martyred.  In Rome he fell ill, and when he
+was getting better he vowed he would make a hospital "yn re-creacion
+(that is, re-creation or healing) of poure men."
+
+And now wonderful things happened.  In a dream or vision Rahere saw the
+Apostle Bartholomew, who said to him such words as these:--"Build not
+only a {30} hospital but also a church, and build them in Smithfield by
+the City of London."  So Rahere went home, called together the citizens
+of London, and told them what he meant to do.  And they answered, "This
+is a hard thing to compass for Smithfield lieth within the King's
+market."
+
+Rahere then went to King Henry I. and told him his story, and the King
+gave him the land he needed,--such land! wet and marshy, "moorish
+land," an old writer says, "heretofore a common," where the Londoners
+used to fling out the rubbish and dirt of their city.  On this land, in
+the year 1123, Rahere began to build his hospital, which he called
+after the Apostle who had appeared to him; and later, as that Apostle
+had bidden him, he built a Priory; the church you see in picture 8 is
+part of its church.
+
+Who helped Rahere to do all this?  The citizens of London.  We are told
+that he gathered together a crowd of people by pretending to be mad,
+and then he made them work; they drained the wet marshy soil, they
+carried great stones, they laboured hard.  Thus the hospital was built.
+
+Rahere was its first master.  A friend of his, called Alfune, "went
+himselfe dayly to the Shambles and other markets, where he begged the
+charity of devout people for their" (that is, the poor sick people's)
+"reliefe."  Now, the charity he asked for was food for them to eat.
+
+Rahere's last years were quietly spent in his own Priory, where he died
+in the year 1144.  This is his story, but it was first written down
+when writers loved rather to tell wonderful things about great men {31}
+than to seek out the exact truth about them.  Now some people think he
+did not found the hospital, but both hospital and church are far older
+than his day; and that the Priory was built for the monks who managed
+the hospital.
+
+However this may be, the monks of the Priory certainly had great
+privileges; one of them was that every year, at the Festival of St.
+Bartholomew, for three days they might hold a fair in the "smooth
+field" or Smithfield.  Have you ever been to a country fair, and seen
+its funny little stalls of sweets and chinaware and its quaint shows?
+If you have, you must know that most English fairs are not at all
+important nowadays; but in the times of which I am writing most of the
+buying and selling in England was done at them.  And so the old writer,
+Stow, tells us that to St. Bartholomew's Fair "the Clothiers of all
+England and Drapers of London repayred and had their boothes and
+standings within the churchyard of this priorie, closed in with walles,
+and gates locked every night, and watched for safetie of men's goodes
+and wares"--so rich and valuable was its merchandise.  Year by year it
+was held until 1855; then it was done away with, for serious buying and
+selling were no longer carried on at such fairs, and "Bartlemy Fair,"
+as it was called, was now famous only for its shows of wild beasts,
+dwarfs and giants, for its ox roasted whole, and for its scenes of wild
+merry-making.
+
+For four hundred years the monks of St. Bartholomew's tended the poor
+people of London.  Then came the days when Henry VIII. broke up the
+monasteries; in 1539 he turned the monks out of the Priory and closed
+{32} the hospital.  Presently I will tell you what afterwards happened
+to it.
+
+
+For the beginning of our second charity we must go far away from London
+to the little town of Assisi in Italy.  There, on a spring day of the
+year 1209, a young man kneeling in a little church heard the priest
+reading the Gospel for the day:--"As ye go, preach, saying, 'The
+Kingdom of Heaven is at hand.'  Heal the sick, cleanse the lepers....
+Provide neither silver nor gold nor brass in your purses, neither scrip
+nor two coats, nor shoes nor staff."  The young man felt as though
+Christ Himself was speaking to him.  "From henceforth," he said, "I
+shall set myself with all my might to live thus."
+
+======================================================================
+
+[Illustration: NO. 9.  AN EXCITING GAME: OLD CHRIST'S HOSPITAL, LONDON]
+
+======================================================================
+
+If you had asked the people of Assisi about him, they would have
+answered you in some such words as these, "Yonder man?  He is Francis,
+the spendthrift son of the cloth-merchant, Pietro Bernardone.  He to
+make such a vow! he, the idle companion of the foolish young nobles of
+Assisi, the waster of his father's wealth!  It is true he has changed
+of late, but his new way of life pleases his father not at all, for he
+has given away all he possessed, and says he has taken Poverty as his
+bride.  He visits the lepers, and labours to repair some of the poor
+churches of the town."
+
+Yet Francis kept his vow.  Dressed in a simple grey gown, he went in
+and out amongst the poorest of the people, preaching to them and
+tending the sick.  In return they could give him but a scanty meal or a
+night's lodging; money he would not take; it was, he {33} said, of no
+use to him.  And wherever he was, whatever he was doing, no matter what
+hardships he had to bear--and he had many--he was always full of
+happiness.
+
+======================================================================
+
+[Illustration: NO. 10.  ENTRANCES OF THE OLD CHRIST'S HOSPITAL AND OF
+CHRIST CHURCH, LONDON]
+
+======================================================================
+
+In those hard cruel days men thought little of pain and suffering; but
+Francis had love and sympathy, not only for men, but for animals and
+for all things.  In one of his poems he calls the moon his sister, and
+the sun his brother; and he gives thanks for "our sister water, who is
+very serviceable unto us and humble and precious and clean," and for
+"our brother fire; he is bright and pleasant and very mighty and
+strong."  We hear of him preaching to the birds, and bidding them be
+thankful for their feather-clothes and wings.
+
+Soon other men joined themselves to him to live and teach as he did,
+and they were called Franciscans, the Monks of St. Francis; and
+sometimes the Grey Friars, because, like St. Francis, they wore grey
+gowns; and they are also called the Begging Friars, because they too
+had taken Poverty for their bride, and might own neither houses nor
+lands; even food they must earn by the labour of their own hands, or
+kindly people must give it to them.  All their time, all their thoughts
+must be given to helping the poor, the sick, and the wretched; and
+where they were, there the Friars must go, so they made their homes
+chiefly in the towns; and at first, while they kept the rules of St.
+Francis very strictly, even these homes did not really belong to them.
+
+In 1224 nine Franciscans came to England--the very first to come here.
+Four of them went straight {34} to London.  There the poorer people
+lived on the marshy land near the Thames, huddled together in huts
+built of mud and wattle; and in such homes there must have been plenty
+of sickness and misery.  For a short time the four Grey Friars lived on
+Cornhill.  Perhaps they thought they had no right to live in so
+pleasant a place when there was such great misery down by the river;
+certainly, soon so many people came about them that this first home was
+too small for them.  Now, a London citizen had some property "in
+Stynkyng Lane and in the parish of St. Nicholas Shambles."  Do you know
+what shambles are?  In them animals are killed for food; they cannot be
+nice places to live in.  This property the citizen gave to the Friars,
+and there they made their new home.  By their good deeds they must very
+quickly have won the respect of the Londoners, for some gave them more
+lands, and others helped in building a church and monastery for them.
+This monastery was close to the place where the London General Post
+Office now stands.
+
+In those days the monasteries did most of the work which is now done by
+schools, libraries, hospitals, hotels, and workhouses; no doubt the
+Franciscans did their full share of it in London.  But as the years
+passed on and the first monks died, the younger men who took their
+places became less strict in keeping the rules of St. Francis; many
+people gave money and lands to the Order, and it became rich and great,
+and changed very much.  Before a hundred years had passed away, in
+place of their first church, a new one had been built for them, one of
+the grandest in the {35} land; its floor and pillars were all of
+marble.  St. Francis told his followers that they needed no books but a
+Prayer-Book; before long the Grey Friars not only had books, but two
+hundred years after they settled in London Richard Whittington gave
+them a library.  They no longer gave all their time to caring for the
+poor and wretched, for we hear of some of them teaching at Oxford and
+Cambridge; indeed, one of the most learned men of the age, Roger Bacon,
+was a Grey Friar.
+
+Thus the years passed on until Henry VIII. became King.  Do you
+remember how he treated the monks of the Charter House?  I have no such
+story to tell you of the Grey Friars, for they gave up to the King
+their monastery and all they possessed when he called on them to do so.
+
+Were the monks missed?  Who did the work they had once done?  At first
+much of it was left quite undone.  Here is a little bit of a letter
+which the Lord Mayor of London, Sir Richard Gresham, wrote to the King,
+in 1538, on this very subject:--Someone, he says, must come to the
+"ayde and comfort of the poor, syke [sick], blynde, aged and impotent
+persons beyng not able to help themselffs, nor havyng no place certen
+where they may be refreshed or lodged at, tyll they be holpen and cured
+of their diseases and sickness."  And he goes on to ask that three
+ancient hospitals may be given over to the Mayor and Aldermen of the
+City to carry on once more their old work.  King Henry thought this was
+a wise plan, and in 1546 he gave to London Rahere's old hospital, St.
+Bartholomew's, and the Grey Friars' monastery.
+
+{36}
+
+Nothing more seems to have been done for five years.  Yet the poor
+needed help greatly; and under Henry's son, Edward VI., we hear of
+sermons being preached, of the King, the Bishop of London, and the
+Mayor consulting together and making a new plan--that the house of the
+Grey Friars should be set aside as a hospital or home for "fatherless
+children and other poore mens children," where they should be fed,
+clothed, taught, and properly looked after.  Thus Edward VI. is often
+spoken of as the chief founder of the new charity, but I think Henry
+VIII. and Sir Richard Gresham had more to do with it; don't you?  Yet
+it was the City's charity, and the citizens provided the money needed
+for it.  Before the next winter set in nearly 400 boys and girls were
+lodged in the old Grey Friars; the next Christmas Day (1552), the
+children, 340 in number, "all in one livery of russet cotton," lined
+the road as the Lord Mayor and Aldermen passed in procession to St.
+Paul's Cathedral.  "The next Easter they were in blew [blue] at the
+Spittle [hospital], and so have continued ever since"; and from these
+"blew" clothes the school has taken one of its names--the Blue-Coat
+School.  Its other name is Christ's Hospital.
+
+Hundreds of boys have worn the long blue gown and yellow stockings, and
+some of them have become famous men.  I will tell you the name of only
+one of these, Charles Lamb; for he has written about the school as he
+knew it, and perhaps you have read Lamb's "Tales from Shakespeare"; he
+and his sister Mary wrote them.
+
+Facing page 32 is a picture of Blue-Coat boys, with {37} their gowns
+tucked up, playing football.  Until a short time ago, people in the
+busy street called Holborn could look through the bars which separated
+the playground from it, and watch the boys at play.  They can do this
+no longer, for the old buildings have been pulled down, and part of the
+ground they stood on has been bought for the General Post Office; and
+in the year 1902 the school, like the Charter House School, moved away
+into the country, to Horsham.
+
+From the beginning it was meant for girls as well as boys; old papers
+about it always speak, not of the _boys_, but of the "_children_ of
+this House."  Boys and girls seem to have lived there, to have dined
+together in Hall, and even at one time to have shared a classroom for
+writing-lessons; part of the girls' work was to learn to make their own
+and the boys' clothes.  They too wore a quaint dress with white caps
+and wide collars, but they gave it up long ago; and long ago, in 1778,
+they left London; their school is at Hertford.  It has never been as
+famous as the boys' school.
+
+
+Now I must tell you a little about King Henry's other gift to London,
+St. Bartholomew's Hospital.  It is now one of the largest of the London
+hospitals, and has become very famous as a school where young men are
+taught and trained to be doctors; perhaps your doctor was once a
+student there.
+
+A great part of the Priory church was pulled down as soon as it fell
+into the hands of Henry VIII., and for many years the rest of it was
+neglected and allowed to fall almost into ruins.  Even in the
+nineteenth {38} century, stables, coach-houses, and store-rooms stood
+where once were the monks' old cloisters.  In one part of the church
+was a blacksmith's forge, a fringe factory had taken possession of
+another, and in still another the boys of the parish school did their
+lessons.  Now all this has been changed.  For more than fifty years
+much care, thought and money have been spent in restoring the building
+and in getting rid of stables, forge, factory, and school; and now
+Londoners have every reason to be proud of their beautiful old church.
+
+
+
+
+{39}
+
+V.
+
+THE STORY AND HISTORY OF DICK WHITTINGTON
+
+  "Turn again, Whittington,
+  Lord Mayor of London!"
+
+
+Bow bells sang these words on All-Hallows Day many years ago, and on
+Highgate Hill a boy stood listening to them.  If I ask you who the boy
+was, I am sure you will answer, "Dick Whittington."
+
+The story of Dick Whittington can be told in two very different ways:
+there is, first, the old tale which long ago men told their children,
+and these children told their children.  Thus it was passed on from
+father to son, and we do not know that it was ever written down until
+the days of James I., nearly two hundred years after Whittington died.
+Of course, everyone who told this tale wanted to make it as interesting
+as possible, so little bits were added to it, and it gradually grew
+more and more wonderful.  It is not surprising, then, that learned men
+have not been satisfied with it, and they have searched the Chronicles
+and Records of London to find out what they tell us of Richard
+Whittington, and thus a second story has been made.  Now I will tell
+you first the older story.
+
+Dick Whittington was born in the West of England.  While he was still
+only a little boy his father and mother died, and left him so poor that
+he had no home, and was thankful to do even the hardest work {40} for
+just his bare food.  One day someone told him that the streets of
+London were paved with gold.  "Can it be true?" he thought to himself.
+"Is there so much gold in London that it is trodden underfoot?  Then it
+is my own fault if I starve here in the West Country, for am I not big
+enough and brave enough to tramp all the way up to London?  Who could
+prevent me from picking up some of that gold which surely no one needs,
+or they would not pave the streets with it?  And I need it so much!
+Courage, Dick Whittington; off with you to London!"  So off he set, and
+tramped all the weary way to the great city.
+
+======================================================================
+
+[Illustration: NO. 11.  AN ARCH OF LONDON BRIDGE; TOWER BRIDGE IN THE
+DISTANCE.]
+
+======================================================================
+
+When he reached it, up and down its streets he went,--streets far
+narrower than those of to-day, and darkened by the overshadowing
+houses, for often each of their stories stood out a little beyond the
+story below.  Very dirty we should have thought those streets, for
+people often threw out into them their rubbish and refuse.  And what of
+the gold?  Dick saw none.  At last, utterly wearied out, utterly
+disappointed, so weak from hunger that he could hardly stand, he sank
+down to rest on the doorstep of one of the houses.  Now the story says
+that presently the cook of this house caught sight of him sitting
+there.  She was a bad-tempered woman.  She flung open the door and
+scolded Dick well for an idle fellow, and bade him be off.  Dick begged
+her to give him work so that he might earn some food, but she would not
+listen to him, and only scolded the more; and while this was going on
+up came the master of the house, a rich merchant, whose name was Hugh
+Fitzwarren.  He asked the meaning of all these angry words, and {41} he
+too was vexed to see a boy sitting idly on his doorstep, and bade him
+go to his work.
+
+"Ah," said Dick, "I have no work, and I have had nothing to eat for
+three days.  I am a poor country lad, and here no one knows me, no one
+will help me."  And he rose up to wander away again, but he was so
+tired, so weak, he could hardly stand.  The merchant saw this, and said
+to the cook, "Take him in; feed him well, and set him to work to help
+thee in thy kitchen."
+
+Now, she was, as I said, a bad-tempered woman.  Her master's orders she
+must and did obey, but if Dick now had work and food and a
+resting-place, he had also many a sharp word, many a sour look, many a
+cruel blow.  Though he worked hard he could not please her.  Indeed, in
+all the household--and it was a large one--the only person who was
+friendly to him was the merchant's little daughter, Mistress Alice, who
+not only spoke kindly to him herself, but tried to make his
+fellow-servants treat him better.
+
+======================================================================
+
+[Illustration: NO. 12.  WHITTINGTON SETTING THE KING FREE FROM THE
+GREAT DEBT.]
+
+======================================================================
+
+Dick slept in a garret which was overrun with rats and mice; they were
+so bold that they even crept about over him when he was in bed, and
+prevented him sleeping.  What could he do about this?  In all the world
+he had but one penny; how he came by this penny I do not know, but I
+feel sure he earned it by doing some extra work.  With it he bought a
+cat and took her up to his garret, and there she lived and made war on
+the rats and mice.  Henceforth Dick slept in peace.
+
+Whenever the merchant, Hugh Fitzwarren, sent a ship to trade with
+foreign countries, he allowed each {42} of his servants to have some
+little share in her; each might send out in her some silk or cloth, or
+even a very little thing, whatever he had or could afford to buy; and
+the money for which this thing was sold was the servant's own.  This
+the merchant did that "so God might give him greater blessing."  Thus
+it came about that one day Dick was called with all the other servants,
+and each was asked what he would send out in the good ship _Unicorn_,
+which was now ready for sea.  When it came to Dick's turn, he said, "I
+have nought to send."  "Think again," said his master; "hast thou no
+little thing thou canst spare?  Hast thou nought to venture?"  "Nought,
+nought," answered Dick, "except my cat, and thou wilt not take her."
+"Nay, why not?" said the merchant.  "Send thy cat by all means."  So,
+though his fellow-servants laughed and mocked, Dick's cat was sent on
+board the _Unicorn_.
+
+Now he was lonely indeed; so lonely that the cook's angry words and
+cross tempers were harder to bear than ever, and Dick made up his mind
+to run away.  Very early one morning--it was the Feast of
+All-Hallows--while his fellow-servants were still fast asleep, he
+slipped out of Master Fitzwarren's house and made his way northward out
+of London.  On Highgate Hill he sat down to rest.  Hark! what was that
+he heard?  Now the wind brought the sound to him more clearly; now it
+died away again.  It was the chime of Bow bells, and this is what it
+said to him:--
+
+  "Turn again, Whittington,
+  Lord Mayor of London!"
+
+
+{43}
+
+Lord Mayor of London!  Was he to be Lord Mayor?  If so, must he not
+work faithfully, and, if need be, endure hardships--yes, even such
+little hardships as the cruel words and blows of the bad-tempered cook?
+Up he jumped, and hurried back so fast that he reached Master
+Fitzwarren's house before the cook had missed him.
+
+The _Unicorn_ had sailed to the Barbary Coast of Africa.  The King of
+this country was rich and great, yet he was most miserable and
+uncomfortable, for his kingdom simply swarmed with rats and mice.  They
+were everywhere, even in the beds and on the King's table, where they
+ate the food which had been prepared for him.  When the men of the
+_Unicorn_ came to the Court to show the King the goods their ship had
+brought, fancy how surprised they were to see rats and mice here,
+there, and everywhere!  "That cat we have on board," said they, "would
+soon stop this."  "Then let the cat be sent for at once!" cried the
+King.  So Dick's cat was brought, and now in the palace, as once in
+Dick's garret, she made fierce war on the rats and mice, and before
+long she had driven them all away.  The King was so delighted that he
+bought the cat for ten times more money than he paid for all the
+_Unicorn's_ rich merchandise.
+
+When the ship came home, here was fine news for Dick,--no more
+kitchen-work for him; he was a rich man now.  He became a merchant like
+his master, Hugh Fitzwarren, and by-and-by he married Mistress Alice;
+and, as Bow bells had promised him, he was made Mayor of London, not
+once, but three times.  He was a good Londoner and a good Englishman,
+for {44} the story says that when King Henry V. came home after he had
+conquered France, Whittington entertained him at a great banquet.  Look
+at the picture of this which faces page 41; near the table a fire is
+burning, and Whittington is just going to throw something into it.  How
+eagerly everyone is watching him, and well they may; for before the
+King went to France he had borrowed great sums of money from the City
+and its merchants to pay the cost of his wars, and now Whittington is
+flinging into the fire the papers in which the King had promised to pay
+back 37,000 crowns--that is, L60,000 in our money.  Thus he set the
+King free from his debt, or, in other words, gave him all this money.
+Was not this a princely gift for the great merchant to give the great
+King?
+
+Now I must tell you what the Chronicles and Records of London tell us
+about Richard Whittington.  He was indeed born in the West of England,
+but he belonged to a good family.  We do not know why and when he came
+to the City.  In those days it was certainly no disgrace for the
+younger sons of good families to be London merchants; for the City was
+great and prosperous, able to raise large sums of money to help the
+King in his wars; and we read that at a council held at the Guildhall
+about this very matter, to which came the Archbishop of Canterbury and
+the King's brothers, the Lord Mayor was given the seat of honour above
+them all, so greatly was he respected because he was London's chief
+officer.
+
+All the workmen, according to their trades, had to belong to companies
+called "guilds."  Each guild had its own officers and made its own
+rules for looking {45} after its members; and it had to see not only
+that these members knew how to do their work, but also that they did it
+properly and charged a fair price for it.  We may still read the rules
+about all this made by the Guilds of the Blacksmiths, the Plumbers, the
+Glovers, and many others.  Truly, the merchants and workmen of London
+were honourable and upright, and turned out good honest work.  No
+wonder, then, that Richard Whittington became a London merchant.
+
+He was a mercer--that is, he sold cloth and silk and velvet and such
+things; and so we hear of him providing velvet for the servants of that
+Earl of Derby who afterwards became King Henry IV.
+
+Whittington became a great man in the City, was Alderman and Sheriff,
+and from June, 1397, until November, 1399, he was Mayor.  Mayor for a
+year and five months?  Are not Mayors appointed every year in October?
+and do they not rule only for one year, from November to November?
+Yes, but the Mayor chosen in October 1396 died during his year of
+office, and the King, Richard II., appointed Whittington to take his
+place; and at the year's end the Aldermen chose him to be Mayor again
+for the next year.
+
+He was still carrying on his business, and when Henry IV. became King,
+and the Princesses, his daughters, were to be married, Whittington sold
+to them the cloth of gold and other things necessary for their
+weddings.  He often lent great sums of money to Henry IV., and in later
+days to his son, Henry V., and in the reign of this King he was Mayor
+twice.  He died in the year 1423; on his gravestone were carved some
+Latin words which mean that he was the {46} Flower of Merchants.  His
+wife's name was certainly Alice Fitzwarren, but she was the daughter of
+a Dorsetshire Knight.
+
+So you see the real Richard Whittington was a very great and rich
+merchant.  But many another has been as rich and great, yet no stories
+are told of them; what makes Whittington different from all others?
+
+First of all, he was Lord Mayor three times, or, rather, may we not say
+three and a half times?  And then he was very wise and generous; he
+gave, as I have already told you, a library to the Grey Friars; and he
+arranged that after his death a great deal of his money should be used
+to help London.  His friends, who had to see to this, knew that good
+water is one of the things most necessary for a great city, so they
+arched over a spring to keep it clean and sweet, and they placed
+"drinking-bosses," or taps, in the conduits or channels and pipes which
+brought the water from country springs and streams into London.
+Newgate Prison was "feble, over-litel, and so contagious of eyre [air]
+yat [that] hit caused the deth of many men," so Whittington's money was
+used to rebuild it.  It was also used to repair St. Thomas's Hospital,
+and to make a new hospital or almshouse where always thirteen old men
+should live, who were to pray for Dick Whittington's soul, and the
+souls of his father and mother and wife.  These almshouses are no
+longer in the City; they have been moved out to Highgate, and stand not
+far from the stone which marks the place where Whittington heard the
+chime of Bow bells; and through them Dick Whittington's wealth is still
+doing good to the poor of London.
+
+
+
+
+{47}
+
+VI.
+
+WHEN ELIZABETH WAS QUEEN
+
+In the reign of Henry VI., Humphrey, Duke of Gloucester, the King's
+uncle, built himself a palace at Greenwich, and he called it
+"Placentia" or "Plaisance," which means a pleasant thing or place.
+(Turn over this page and the next, and you will find a picture of it.)
+I think the Tudor Kings really found it a pleasant place, for they
+lived there a great deal; here Henry VIII. and his daughters, Mary and
+Elizabeth, were born, and here Edward VI. died.
+
+In those days the road we now call the Strand led from the City to the
+village of Charing Cross; and all along it stood great and beautiful
+houses with gardens which stretched down to the river.  Each house,
+most likely, had its water-gate or landing-place, where the master of
+the house and his guests could step on board their barges, which might
+take them up the river to Westminster and the royal palace near
+Richmond, or down to London and beyond it to Greenwich; for in those
+days the river was London's greatest and most stately highway.  Very
+stately were the barges, very gay, too, with flags and the fine
+liveries of servants; and very often people on the banks or in little
+boats near-by heard music sounding from their decks as they moved
+swiftly along.  How beautiful, how stately, must Queen Elizabeth's
+barge have been, when at her Coronation she came by water to the Abbey!
+
+{48}
+
+She often stayed in her palace called Plaisance; how grandly she lived
+there!  One who saw her there tells of the "gentlemen, barons, earls,
+Knights of the Garter, all richly-dressed and bareheaded," who went
+before her; one of them carried the sceptre, another the sword of
+state.  The ladies of her Court followed her, and she was guarded on
+each side by fifty gentlemen who carried gilt battle-axes.  She was
+herself magnificently dressed, and "wherever she turned her face as she
+passed along, everybody fell down on their knees."
+
+======================================================================
+
+[Illustration: NO. 13.  GREENWICH AS IT IS NOW.]
+
+======================================================================
+
+Sometimes, when she wanted to be amused, plays were acted in the great
+hall of the palace, and she sat in her chair of state with her ladies
+about her and looked on.  I wonder if any of these plays were written
+by Shakespeare?  Perhaps they were; it is even possible that
+Shakespeare himself may have acted before her, for he had come to
+London from his country home two years before the Spanish Armada sailed
+up the English Channel to conquer England; and during the last five
+years of her reign, whenever Elizabeth went up the river in her barge,
+she passed the round wooden theatre, called the Globe, where his plays
+were acted, for it was in Southwark on the south bank.  There is no
+sign of it now; a great brewery has been built over the place where
+once it stood.
+
+These were the days when English sailors fought the Spanish on the high
+seas, because they claimed all the New World as their own and strove to
+keep everyone else out of it.  From the windows or the terrace of her
+palace did the Queen ever watch ships sailing down the river to take
+part in this struggle, or in another,--a struggle with winds and waves,
+ice and {49} snow, as the sailors tried to explore the unknown coasts
+of America?  Once at least we know she did, for Admiral Frobisher's two
+little ships fired a salute to her as they dropped down the river.  He
+was going to search for gold and for the North-West Passage round the
+north of America to the Pacific.  He found no passage and no gold
+though he went again and yet again to the cold North.  How often
+Englishmen searched for that passage; how hard they found it to believe
+that there is no way for ships through those icy seas!
+
+======================================================================
+
+[Illustration: NO. 14.  PLACENTIA, THE OLD PALACE AT GREENWICH.]
+
+======================================================================
+
+Those were stirring times.  Often sailors came home with wonderful
+tales to tell; and thus, in September, 1580, a ship, called the
+_Pelican_, sailed into Plymouth Sound, and all England rang with the
+news of her coming, for she was Admiral Drake's ship.  Nearly three
+years before he and his sailors had left England in her; they had
+fought the Spanish, they had taken great treasure, money and jewels,
+and they had sailed round the world.  Now they were safe home again.
+Do you wonder that the Queen wanted to see the ship which had made such
+a voyage?  She told Drake to bring the _Pelican_ round to Deptford,
+which is very near Greenwich; and she went on board and took part in a
+great feast which was given in her honour; and she knighted Drake on
+the deck of his own ship.  How proud Englishmen were of him!  One of
+them said the _Pelican_ ought to be hoisted up to the top of the tower
+of St. Paul's Cathedral, to take the place of the spire which had been
+destroyed by lightning some time before.  Was not this a mad plan?  Of
+course, it was never carried out.  For many a year the old ship lay in
+Deptford {50} Dockyard just as the Victory lies now in Portsmouth
+Harbour; and people used to visit her, and even have supper on board
+her.  When she was very old she was broken up; out of some of her
+timbers a chair was made and presented to Oxford University.
+
+Do you remember what happened in 1588?  This was the year of the
+Invincible Armada, when England had to prepare ships and sailors and
+soldiers to protect herself from the Spanish.  What help did London
+give?  She was asked for fifteen ships and five thousand men.  "Give us
+two days," said her citizens, "to consider what we can do"; and in two
+days they answered, "We will send thirty ships and ten thousand men to
+serve our country."
+
+London, then, had certainly plenty of ships; and many a sea-captain
+besides Frobisher sailed down the river past Placentia on his way to
+some far-off port; for London merchants were eager to trade with all
+parts of the world; and after the defeat of the Spanish Armada they
+knew that the wide ocean, east and west, lay open before them.  No
+Spaniard now could forbid English ships to sail on any sea.
+
+Drake had seen for himself and had brought home word of the spices and
+great wealth of the East Indies.  But they were very far off, and the
+cost of fitting out ships for so long a voyage was very great; great,
+too, were the dangers these ships would have to face--dangers of sea
+and storm, of savage people and an unknown land; could any one merchant
+risk so much?  The Lord Mayor called together some London merchants to
+consider this question, and they answered, "The losses which would ruin
+one would hardly be felt if {51} borne by many; let us, then, form a
+company to trade with the East."  Thus began the East India Company;
+its birthday was the very last day of the sixteenth century.  It had at
+first only four ships and less than five hundred men; before it came to
+an end, two hundred and fifty-eight years later, it was ruling nearly
+all India.
+
+I have another story to tell you which began nearly twenty years before
+the East India Company's birthday.  In December, 1581, a young man came
+to Placentia, bringing letters to the Queen from her soldiers in
+Ireland, where there had been war and great trouble.  He was carefully
+dressed and wore a new plush cloak, for this was, I think, his first
+visit to Court, and the Queen loved to see everyone about her well and
+beautifully dressed.  Perhaps he had only just arrived; perhaps the
+Queen had been out in her barge and was coming up from the riverside to
+her palace; however it may have been, she came to a very muddy place in
+the road, which is not at all surprising, since in December there is
+often a great deal of rain.  The Queen looked at the puddles and
+stopped, and the young man sprang forward, swept his plush cloak from
+his shoulders and spread it over the mud for her to step on that so she
+might pass on without soiling her shoes.  I feel sure you know the
+young man's name--it was Walter Raleigh.  Is it any wonder that he
+became a great favourite with the Queen?  An old story says that soon
+after this he wrote with a diamond on the glass of a window in the
+palace:--
+
+  "Fain would I climb, yet fear to fall."
+
+
+{52}
+
+And the Queen saw it, and wrote beneath it:--
+
+  "If thy heart fail thee, climb not at all."
+
+
+His heart did not fail him; he became captain of her Guard, and he rose
+higher and higher in her service.
+
+Raleigh was the first Englishman to think how splendid it would be if
+some of his countrymen would go to America and make homes for
+themselves there, and so build up a greater England beyond the seas.
+He sent out ships to explore, and twice he sent out men to settle in
+the new land.  Some the Indians killed; some found the work of building
+houses and clearing away the forests far harder than they had expected;
+and the Indians often attacked them, and food was sometimes so scarce
+they almost died of hunger.  Do you wonder they lost heart and came
+back to England?  Thus it seemed that Raleigh's plan quite failed; but
+it did not really, for about twenty years later, a company, like the
+East India Company, was formed, called the Virginia Company.  It sent
+out some settlers who sailed from London in the year 1606, and they did
+what Raleigh's men had failed to do--built themselves homes, and
+cleared and tilled the land.  Thus began the British Dominions beyond
+the Seas.
+
+One thing Raleigh did which must not be forgotten.  The men he sent to
+explore in America saw potatoes and tobacco growing there, and learnt
+from the Indians how to use them.  When they came home they showed
+Raleigh the plants they had brought back with them.  He tried smoking
+tobacco, and I {53} think he must have liked it very much, for he used
+to give his friends pipes with silver bowls and teach them how to
+smoke.  And he planted potatoes in the garden of a house he had in
+Ireland; his were the very first Irish potatoes.  A few years later
+both potatoes and tobacco were growing in the garden of one of those
+fine houses in the Strand of which I have told you; people thought them
+very rare and curious plants.
+
+Eight years before the great Queen died, Raleigh went himself to South
+America, and sailed far up the River Orinoco.  He found a fertile land
+and friendly Indians, who told him wonderful stories of the great "city
+of Manoa" which was (so they said,) rich beyond the dreams of man; El
+Dorado, the Golden City, the Spanish called it.  Raleigh never forgot
+these stories; more than twenty years later they helped to bring him
+back to America.
+
+When Elizabeth died and James I. came to the throne he fell into
+disgrace, for some people said he had plotted against the King; so he
+was tried, found guilty, and condemned to death.  But he was not
+killed; year after year he was kept a prisoner in the Tower of London.
+How did he pass his days there? was he very dull and sad?  I think not.
+Part of the time his wife and son lived with him; he was very much
+interested in the new science of chemistry, and he worked at it and
+tried experiments in his cell; he began to write a wonderful History of
+the World; and I think he thought and dreamed much about Manoa, his
+Golden City, and the riches which lay hidden in South America.  The
+Spanish said these riches were {54} all theirs; but Raleigh did not
+believe this, and he thought Englishmen could so easily get possession
+of some of them.  After many years he tried to persuade King James to
+let him cross the Atlantic and sail up the Orinoco to find a gold-mine
+he had heard of there; he said if only he might go and open it up, it
+would bring great wealth to the King.  Had he another hope, I wonder,
+hidden away in his heart, of which he did not speak--that he might also
+search for and find his Golden City?  However this may be, he certainly
+tried to persuade the King, and he succeeded, for James said, "Yes, you
+may go," though he well knew that Raleigh could not go to South America
+and bring home gold without offending the Spanish, and England was then
+at peace with Spain.  So Raleigh sailed away.  After fifteen months he
+came home with a sad tale to tell;--everything had gone wrong, the
+Spanish had killed many of his men, and he had found no gold.  James
+sent him back to the Tower; and four months later, in the year 1618, he
+was beheaded, because (so he was told,) he had once plotted against the
+King.  Thus died the last of the great men of Queen Elizabeth's Court
+who had done so much for England.
+
+How different London is now from the London of Queen Elizabeth's reign!
+Old St. Paul's and its high tower,--I will tell you in the next story
+what became of them.  The Globe Theatre, too, has quite disappeared.
+Busy shops have taken the places of the beautiful old houses in the
+Strand; nothing now reminds us of them except the names of some of the
+streets which turn off it; and Somerset House, the great building where
+{55} now some of the business of the nation is carried on, is so called
+because it stands on the place where the Duke of Somerset, who lived in
+Edward VI.'s reign, began to build a palace for himself.
+
+If you go down the river to Greenwich, will you see Queen Elizabeth's
+pleasant palace?  Ah, no.  Sixty years after she died it was so out of
+repair that Charles II. ordered it to be pulled down and a new one
+built in its place.  This new palace was not finished until William and
+Mary's reign.  Then there was a great war with France, and the Queen
+begged the King to finish the palace and to turn it into a hospital for
+sailors who had been wounded or crippled in one of the great
+sea-fights.  So it came to pass that, instead of Placentia, we now have
+Greenwich Palace; you will find a picture of it facing p. 48.
+
+Perhaps you are thinking, "At any rate the Tower has not changed, and
+London still has a Lord Mayor."  But even the Tower has changed, for in
+Queen Elizabeth's time it was a royal palace as well as a prison.  She
+did not use it often; perhaps she did not like it, for she had been a
+prisoner there herself when her sister Mary was Queen.  Now our Kings
+never live there; and prisoners are not kept there; and for more than a
+hundred and fifty years no one has been beheaded there.  I must tell
+you of one other change, for I am sure it will interest all children.
+In Queen Elizabeth's reign, if you had gone to see the Tower, you would
+have been shown also the lions and other wild animals which, from very
+early times, had been kept there in dens near the part which is called,
+after them, the Lion Tower.  Now you must go to the Zoological Gardens
+{56} to see wild animals; there are none in the Tower; they were all
+sent away to the Zoo not long before Queen Victoria began to reign.
+
+======================================================================
+
+[Illustration: NO. 15.  THE FIRE OF LONDON]
+
+From the Fresco by Stanhope A. Forbes, R.A., in the Royal Exchange
+
+_By permission of the Artist and the Sun Insurance Office_
+
+_See page_ 61
+
+======================================================================
+
+As for the Lord Mayor, he is still the first magistrate of London, and
+he still takes the leading place in all London's affairs, just as he
+did in Queen Elizabeth's reign.  No, his work and duties have not
+changed, except that, as London has grown greater and more important,
+they have grown greater and more important also.
+
+
+
+
+{57}
+
+VII.
+
+ST. PAUL'S CATHEDRAL
+
+The Cathedral of the City of London is called St. Paul's.  In the
+picture beside this page you can see its great dome and golden cross,
+the top of which is nearly as many feet above the ground as there are
+days in the year.  For more than thirteen hundred years God has been
+worshipped on the spot where St. Paul's now stands; before that, many
+people think, a Roman temple stood there; and before that, again,
+perhaps the ancient Londoners worshipped there the God Lud, of whom I
+have told you; since that time the number of the years has grown from
+hundreds to thousands.
+
+======================================================================
+
+[Illustration: NO. 16.  ST. PAUL'S FROM THE RIVER]
+
+======================================================================
+
+Let us fancy what this country was like more than thirteen hundred
+years ago.  The English had conquered it and given it their name and
+language.  The Christian Faith, which the Britons had learnt while the
+Romans were ruling them, had been almost quite forgotten except in the
+western part of the land; for in the east very many of the English had
+settled, and they were heathen.  Do you remember that Pope Gregory the
+Great, when he was still just a simple priest, had seen some English
+children in the slave-market at Rome, and thought they were fair as
+angels?  He never forgot these children, and when he became Pope he
+sent his friend, Augustine, and some priests to England to teach its
+people the Christian Faith.  {58} These missionaries landed in Kent and
+were kindly received by its King, Ethelbert, whose wife, Bertha, was
+already a Christian.  In time he was baptized; and the old historian
+Bede tells us that he "builded in the Citie of London St. Paules
+Church"; and its first Bishop was that Mellitus to whom the fisherman
+Edric brought the message that St. Peter had consecrated his own abbey
+on Thorney.
+
+In time Ethelbert died, and Mellitus was made Archbishop of Canterbury;
+then the men of London became heathen again.  There is a curious old
+tale about this, and though it is just a story, not real history, I
+will tell it to you.  Do you remember that the monks said Sebert, King
+of the East Saxons, rebuilt St. Peter's Abbey?  Do you not think, then,
+that he must have cared enough about the Christian Faith to teach it to
+his sons?  Yet after his death they went back to the old Faith.  It
+chanced that one day, when Mellitus was holding the solemn service of
+the Mass, they broke open the door of the church, rushed in and ordered
+him to give them "white bread" such as he used to give their father;
+they meant the Bread used in the Mass.  How could Mellitus give it to
+men who did not believe the Faith in which such Bread is a holy thing?
+He refused, and in their anger they turned him out of London; and, as I
+said, the Londoners went back to their old religion.  Truly it took a
+long time and much teaching to make them really Christians.
+
+Near the end of the seventh century we hear of another Bishop of
+London, called Erkenwald.  He did much to make St. Paul's beautiful and
+splendid.  {59} And he cared for his people too,--the men, women and
+children, who lived scattered about in the wild forests which then lay
+round London; and in order that he might visit, help and teach them, he
+used to drive in a cart from place to place over rough roads, and often
+where there were no roads.  He was so good that people said he was a
+saint; and so when he died and his body was buried in St. Paul's, his
+grave there was greatly honoured,--it was even said that miracles were
+worked there.  Is it there still?  Ah, no; it was destroyed long ago,
+as you shall hear presently.  Yet London ought not to forget this old
+Bishop since it is said that one of her streets is called after him,
+for in his days it seems that the old Roman walls had fallen into
+ruins, and it is said that Erkenwald built a new city-gate ever since
+called, after him, Bishopsgate.  If you look at a map which shows the
+streets of London, you will find Bishopsgate and Bishopsgate Street
+near Liverpool Street Station.  This story shows us that Erkenwald was
+a good citizen as well as a good Bishop.
+
+The years passed on; the Normans came and conquered England; and now we
+have come to real history.
+
+Near the end of William I.'s reign, St. Paul's was burnt down, and the
+Bishop of London of that day began to build in its place a cathedral so
+grand and large that men thought it would never be finished, "it was to
+them so wonderful for height, length, and breadth."  Yet little by
+little it grew until--but not for more than two hundred and twenty-five
+years--it stood complete with its great steeple, {60} the highest in
+Europe, towering up 520 feet into the air.  This is the Cathedral to
+which in later days Queen Elizabeth came to return thanks to God for
+the defeat of the Spanish Armada.  Here Sir Philip Sidney was buried.
+Perhaps you remember that, as he lay dying on a battlefield in the
+Netherlands, someone brought him a drink of cold water which seemed to
+him the most delicious thing in all the world, so thirsty was he
+because of his wounds.  Then he saw a poor soldier looking at it with
+longing eyes, and he would not drink it, "for," he said, "his need is
+greater than mine; give it to him."
+
+In the days of Oliver Cromwell the poor Cathedral was used as a barrack
+for soldiers and as a stable for their horses.  There is now in the
+British Museum a printed paper ordering the soldiers not to play
+nine-pins and other games there between nine o'clock at night and six
+in the morning, because their noise and shouts while they played
+greatly disturbed the people who lived near the churchyard.  Long
+before this the great steeple had been struck by lightning and burnt
+down, and the whole Cathedral had fallen out of repair; thus, when
+Cromwell died and Charles II. became King, there was much talk as to
+what was to be done for it.
+
+[Illustration: OLD ST. PAUL'S.  Burnt down in 1666.]
+
+The summer of the year 1666--the year after the Great Plague--was very
+hot; an east wind blew for weeks together, so the old crowded wooden
+houses of the City must have been as dry as tinder, when, on September
+2, a fire broke out in a baker's shop in Pudding Lane.  At first, I
+suppose, the neighbours watched it and thought it just such a fire as
+they had {61} seen many a time before; but how could they have felt
+when it spread from house to house, and leapt from street to street?
+when days passed and still it spread?  Some people ran about like
+distracted creatures, not even trying to save their possessions; others
+fled away to the fields outside the City, carrying with them all they
+could.  Imagine them huddling under the hedges for shelter and looking
+back at the crimson sky, for an old writer tell us "all the sky was of
+a fiery aspect like the top of a burning oven, and the light" was "seen
+above forty miles round about for many nights."  The melting lead of
+the roof of St. Paul's ran "down the streets in a stream, and the {62}
+very pavements were glowing with a fiery redness, so as no horse or man
+was able to tread on them."
+
+Five days the fire raged.  When at last it died out, London lay in
+ruins; 400 streets, 89 churches and 4 of the city-gates had been burnt,
+besides the Cathedral, and in it the shrine of St. Erkenwald.  Has any
+city, I wonder, ever suffered so great a loss?  Were the Londoners sad
+and miserable when they looked at the ruins?  For a time, perhaps, they
+were; but soon they set themselves to build a new London with wider
+streets and houses made of stone, which would not burn so easily; and
+the man who advised and helped them most to do this was Sir Christopher
+Wren.  He drew the plans for, and saw to the rebuilding of, many of the
+city churches, and above all of the Cathedral.  Look again at its
+picture facing page 57.  The first of its stones was laid in June,
+1675, and the last and highest in 1710; but it is not finished even
+yet; month by month the work goes on.  If you go into it, you will see
+men busy covering its great walls and pillars with beautiful rich
+colours.
+
+Wren lived to be a very old man.  Towards the end of his life he used
+to come to London once a year to sit for awhile under the great dome
+which he had planned and built, for he loved it, and I think it was to
+him not only a beautiful, but also a solemn and a holy thing.  When he
+died his body was buried in the Cathedral; his name and what he did are
+written over the north door, and also some Latin words which mean,
+"Reader, if thou seekest his monument, look around."
+
+St. Paul's has taken part in our life as a nation ever {63} since.
+Here some of our greatest men are buried.  Nelson and Wellington both
+lie here, and so do some other great British sailors and soldiers, some
+also of our statesmen and painters; and monuments have been put up here
+in memory of others whose graves are far away.  Here Queen Victoria
+came in 1897 to return thanks to God for her long reign; and here every
+day, and especially on Sundays and on all great national occasions,
+solemn services of prayer and supplication, or of praise and
+thanksgiving, are held.
+
+
+
+
+BILLING AND SONS, LTD., PRINTERS, GUILDFORD
+
+
+
+
+Black's Historical Series,
+
+By E. L. HOSKYN, B.A.
+
+PICTURES OF BRITISH HISTORY
+
+MORE PICTURES OF BRITISH HISTORY.
+
+Each containing 60 Illustrations, of which 32 are in colour.
+
+Crown 4to.  Price 1/6 each.  Bound in cloth.
+
+
+"More Pictures of British History" is a series of stories arranged so
+as to follow after and enlarge the survey of history given in "Pictures
+of British History."  The same methods have been followed in both
+hooks, but whereas "Pictures of British History" deals mainly with men
+of action, the new one treats chiefly of those whose thoughts and
+ideals have made history.  It is hoped that this has been done simply
+and vividly enough to bring the stories well within the grasp and to
+arouse the interest of children of nine or ten years of age.
+
+
+
+By M. W. KEATINGE, M.A., and N. L. FRAZER, M.A.
+
+A HISTORY OF ENGLAND FOR SCHOOLS.
+
+WITH DOCUMENTS, PROBLEMS, AND EXERCISES.
+
+Price 5/-; or in Two Parts, price 2/6 each.
+
+PART I., B.C. 55 TO A.D. 1603.
+
+PART II., A.D. 1603 TO PRESENT DAY.
+
+"A gallant and successful effort to solve a difficult problem and to
+introduce a real and great improvement into the teaching of
+history."--_Times_.
+
+The "Documents, with Problems and Exercises" are also published
+separately under the title of
+
+DOCUMENTS OF BRITISH HISTORY.
+
+In one Volume, Large Crown 8vo., cloth, price 3/6; or in six Sections,
+Limp Cloth, price 8d. each.
+
+
+  Section   I.--A.D. 78-1216     |   Section  IV.--A.D. 1603-1715
+     "     II.--A.D. 1216-1399   |      "      V.--A.D. 1715-1815
+     "    III.--A.D. 1399-1603   |      "     VI.--A.D. 1815-1900
+
+The last-named Section does not appear in "A History of England for
+Schools."
+
+A. & C. BLACK, 4, 5 & 6 SOHO SQUARE, LONDON, W.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Stories of London, by E. L. Hoskyn
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK STORIES OF LONDON ***
+
+***** This file should be named 33613.txt or 33613.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/3/3/6/1/33613/
+
+Produced by Al Haines
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/33613.zip b/33613.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e573ca2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/33613.zip
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f9e1cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #33613 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/33613)